Angliski Demchenko 10kl Bel Rus Ch2 2021

Правообладатель Вышэйшая школа
УДК 811.111(075.3=161.3=161.1)
ББК 81.2Англ-922
A64
А в т о р ы: Н.В. Демченко, Н.В. Юхнель, Т.Ю. Севрюкова, Э.В. Бушуева,

Л.М. Лапицкая
Р е ц е н з е н т ы: кафедра английского языка гуманитарных специаль-

ностей факультета международных отношений Белорусского государствен-
ного университета (старший преподаватель О.В. Косточкина); учитель
английского языка высшей квалификационной категории государствен-
ного учреждения образования «Гимназия № 41 г. Минска имени Сереб-
ряного В.Х.» А.И. Ткачук
Условные обозначения / Умоўныя абазначэннi
Use the Internet Write
Progress check Grammar
Listen Project time
Электронное приложение к учебному пособию размещено

на ресурсе lingvo.adu.by / Электронны дадатак да вучэбнага
дапаможнiка размешчаны на рэсурсе lingvo.adu.by
ISBN 978-985-06-3369-9 © Оформление. УП «Издательство

ISBN 978-985-06-3380-4 (ч. 2) “Вышэйшая школа”», 2021

CONTENTS
UNIT 5. ART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
UNIT 6. SCIENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
UNIT 7. GREAT PEOPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
UNIT 8. MASS MEDIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
UNIT 9. BELARUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Grammar reference (Russian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Grammar reference (Belarusian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Irregular verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

UNIT 5
ART
LESSON 1. What do you know

about the arts?
Communicative area: exploring the notion of art and

its classification, naming different types of arts and
giving opinion about them
Active vocabulary: breathtaking, contemporary,
decorative, stained glass, a still life, an artwork,
compound nouns and adjectives
1. a. Look at the following explanations. Which of them do you think

are true?
the arts = art the arts = different kinds of art
art = visual arts art = skill
b. Listen to an art historian and check your ideas.
c. Read the sentence from the script. The word in bold may have
several meanings. What does it mean in this context?
In contemporary society, we think of art more as a form of
expression.
1. someone living during the same period as someone else;
2. existing or happening now;
3. belonging to the same or stated period in the past.
4
d. Listen again and answer the questions below. 5
1. What kinds of arts does the speaker name? (applied,
culinary, decorative, fine, literary, plastic, performing, visual).
2. What examples of each kind does the speaker give?
3. What do you know about the kind(s) not mentioned by the
speaker?
decorate (v.) – decorative (adj.)
e. In pairs, discuss what kinds of arts you are most interested in and
what you think of the other kinds of arts.
Useful language box

Be fond of / keen on / interested in / into …
Love / appreciate / can’t live without / don’t mind /
hate / know nothing about …
Interest / appeal / fascinate / leave me indifferent / be
not for me
Find … interesting / amusing / boring / hard to
understand
2. a. Work in pairs. Do the trivia quiz.
1. Which of the skyscrapers won’t offer

breathtaking views of London?
a) the Cheesegrater;
b) the Empire State Building;
c) the Gherkin;
d) the Shard.
2. The first example of cave painting was discovered in 1879.
Where was it found in?
a) America; c) Africa;
b) Spain; d) China.
3. The world-famous Louvre Museum and Art Gallery in
Paris, France was built in 1190. What was it first used as?
a) a fortress; c) a warehouse;
b) a shop; d) a library.
5
4. Which of the famous twentieth-
century artists created a set of stained-
glass windows as a personal thank-you
letter to the United States?
a) Henri Matisse;
b) Marc Chagall;
c) Pablo Picasso;
d) Salvador Dali.
5. The Louvre attracts 10.2 million people a year; about
80% are believed to come just to see one masterpiece. What is
it called?
a) the Mona Lisa; c) the Lacemaker;
b) the Venus de Milo; d) the Dying Slave.
6. What is the artwork that looks
like a close-up of a collection of things
called?
a) a landscape;
b) a seascape;
c) a still life;
d) a portrait .
7. How many paintings did Van Gogh 1 sell in his
lifetime?
a) one hundred; c) sixteen;
b) fifty-four; d) one.
8. Which of these painters was not left-handed?
a) Michelangelo ;
b) Leonardo da Vinci;
c) Edvard Munch ;
d) Peter Paul Rubens.
9. Photographers began to retouch black-and-white photos
and make them colour in 1840. What did they use to hand-colour
their photographs?
a) acrylics ; c) coloured pencils;
b) watercolours; d) oils.
phόtograph (n.) – photόgrapher (n.)
1  – (Am. E.)

6
10. In 1774, the 952-piece dinner and dessert
service decorated with 1,224 different hand-
5
painted views of the British Isles was made for
Catherine the Great of Russia. What is this
Wedgwood creamware masterpiece called?
a) the Queen’s service; c) the Frog service;
b) the Castle service; d) the English service.
11. What type of five-line poem with a strict metre was
popularised by Edward Lear?
a) tanka; c) cinquain ;
b) limerick; d) haiku.
12. Which of the people below is the all-time best-selling
fiction writer in the world, whose 2 billion copies of crime novels
were sold?
a) Georges Simenon; c) Agatha Christie;
b) Arthur Conan Doyle; d) Danielle Steel.
13. “After all, tomorrow is another day!” was the last line in
which Oscar-winning Best Picture?
a) Gone With the Wind; c) Harold and Maude;
b) Great Expectations; d) The Matrix.
14. Which of the people below was a red-headed priest-
composer who taught music at an orphanage?
a) Antonio Vivaldi; c) Frederic Chopin;
b) Nicolo Paganini; d) Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart.
15. The outstanding Russian chemist Dmitri Mendeleev was
a Russian lyrical poet’s father-in-law. Which of the poets below
was his son-in-law?
a) Nikolay Gumilev; c) Alexander Pushkin;
b) Vasili Zhukovski; d) Alexander Blok.
b. Go to page 46 and check the keys. Do you know much about

the arts?
c. Work in small groups. Discuss the following questions about

the quiz.
1. Which question was the most difficult to answer? 2. Which

one was the most interesting? 3. Which one would you have
7
answered correctly anyway, without even looking at the options?
4. Which questions refer to fine arts? 5. Which ones are about
performing arts? 6. What arts do the other questions refer to?
3. a. Answer the questions about the words in bold in ex. 2a.
1. How are these words formed? What do they all have in

common?
2. Which two groups can you divide them into?
b. Choose the correct option to complete the statements about

compound nouns and adjectives. Find the examples in the quiz to
illustrate the ideas.
1. When two short nouns are joined together, they are spelt
(with / without) a hyphen.
2. Compound adjectives are (often / never) written with a
hyphen.
3. Cardinal numerals (e.g. three, thirty, etc.) combined with
nouns to form compound adjectives are written with a hyphen. The
nouns in these adjectives are used in the (plural / singular) form.
4. Ordinal numbers (e.g. first, thirtieth, fifth, etc.) (can /
can’t) be used in compounds.
4. a. Copy the following compounds. Listen and mark the

stress in each of them.
Cave painting, skyscraper, breathtaking, world-famous,

warehouse, twentieth-century, stained-glass, thank-you,
masterpiece, lacemaker, artwork, landscape, seascape, still life,
lifetime, left-handed, black-and-white, watercolours, 952-piece,
dinner service, dessert service, hand-painted, creamware,
Oscar-winning, all-time, best-selling, five-line, red-headed,
priest-composer, father-in-law, son-in-law.
b. Answer the questions.
1. Where is the stress in compound nouns?

2. Where is it in most compound adjectives above?
8
5. a. Complete the questions with compounds, using the prompts
in brackets.
5
1. What … (from the 20th century) artists do you know?
2. Can you name at least three … (known all over the world)
museums? 3. Do you think … (finding it easier to use the left
hand than the right) people are more artistic? 4. What buildings
of … (that take your breath away) beauty have you seen? 5. Can
you name any contemporary … (whose books are bought by a
lot of people) writers? 6. Which would you rather read: a …
(with 300 pages) book about love or a … (with 50 pages) book
about spies? Why? 7. Would you prefer to create … (works
of art featuring anything that doesn’t move or is dead) or …
(decorative, made of coloured glass) windows? Why? 8. What
… (works of outstanding skill) would you like to see? 9. Would
you try to hand-colour a … (in black, white and shades of grey
and no other colour) photo that you like very much? Why (not)?
b. Work in small groups. Ask and answer the questions above. What
new things have you learnt about your classmates?
LESSON 2. Stories behind works of art
Communicative area: listening about interesting facts

about works of art
Active vocabulary: commission, iconic, recognisable,
canvas, background
Receptive grammar: Past Perfect Continuous
1. a. Look at the pictures on page 10 and discuss the questions

below.
1. Which of the artworks appeals to you most? Why? 2. What

emotions do the other artworks arise in you? 3. Do you think
that a bit of background information about the artist and
the artwork helps to understand it better and appreciate it?
9
2
Why (not)? 4. What do you think was the contemporaries’

reaction to the artworks?
b. Listen to three people. Which artwork from ex. 1a is each

of them talking about? What are the artists’ names?
c. Listen and follow the script in the book. What factual

errors have the speakers made?
A. One of the most recognisable works of Surrealism was
created by the painter when he was only 28. Dali may have been
inspired by Einstein’s Theory of Relativity, but the author
denied it and named another source of inspiration. Once when he
entered the kitchen, a piece of cheese on the table caught his eye:
it was melting in the sun. (1) The painter had been staring at the
piece of cheese for some time (2) when an idea began to form in
his mind. Then he went to his studio, looked at the landscape he
had been working on and decided to add three melting watches.
The artist returned to that image later in his life and created
more paintings and sculptures.
B. Few statues are as iconic as this one. It took Michelangelo
three years to transform a large block of marble into a 5-metre
masterpiece. Interestingly, the block had been waiting in
the courtyard for forty years for someone who was up to the
challenge. The statue of David was placed next to Florence’s
10
town hall, and the citizens adopted it as a symbol of their own
struggle for independence. It had been there for three and a half
5
centuries (3) before they decided to protect the sculpture from
the elements and moved to its current location in the Gallery.
The statue you can see now in the square is its full-sized copy
that has been standing there since 1910. (4)
C. Picasso had been experimenting with Surrealism and
Cubism for 10 years when he was commissioned to create a
painting for the Spanish Republic’s pavilion at the 1937 Paris
World Fair. He wasn’t sure what to depict, however the tragic
event of 26 April made up his mind. The artist was horrified
when he learnt that the three-hour long bombing had nearly
destroyed a city (5) in northern Spain and killed or wounded
one-third of the population. In just a month and a half, the
huge mural-size canvas painted in black, grey and white was
completed. While the artwork received little praise at the time,
it soon turned into one of the most moving and powerful anti-war
paintings in history.
2. a. Match the words in bold in ex. 1c with their definitions.
1. to order the production of something;

2. a piece of cloth on which an oil painting is made or the
painting itself;
3. easy to identify because they stand out;
4. widely known, famous or popular.
b. Read the stories in ex. 1c again. Discuss the questions below.
1. What background information is given about each of the

artists? 2. What background information is given about each
of the artworks? 3. What information was new to you? What
impressed you most? Does it help you appreciate the artworks
more?
3. Read some other bits of information about the artworks in ex. 1a.
Fill in the new words of the lesson. Which of the items would you use
to make your story about the artworks more interesting?
1. Michelangelo, who had been working as an artist since

he was 13, was only 26 years old when he accepted his new …
11
to carve David. By that time, he had already earned fame for
creating the Pieta ( = pity) for the Vatican.
2. During the 2003–2004 clean-up and restoration, it was
found that the sculpture of David could fall to pieces. The
footsteps of 8 million visitors a year create a kind of mini-
earthquakes which result in tiny cracks in the marble. So the
Gallery had to install a special system to protect the … marble
statue from vibrations.
3. The painting itself is surprisingly small: the … is just
24.1 cm  33 cm. The landscape in the … of the picture is very
realistic and is the generalisation of all the landscapes Dali had
seen and had been painting before.
4. Among Dali’s … Melting Clocks series there is a 5-metre
tall bronze sculpture. Created by the artist in 1984, it had been
travelling around the world for several years before it finally
settled in the main square in Andorra’s capital in 2010.
5. As a man of many talents, Dali was also interested in
graphic arts, sculpture, design, photography and filmmaking
and remains one of the 20th century most … figures.
6. Multiple viewpoints that are characteristic of Cubism
make Picasso’s style easily ….
7. A tapestry  (гобелен / габелен) copy of Picasso’s
Guernica painting was … by Nelson Rockefeller in 1955 after
the painter refused to sell him the original. In 1984, Rockefeller
lent the tapestry to the UN. For several decades it had been
hanging outside the entrance to the Security Council at the UN
headquarters in New York before it was removed and returned
to its owners in 2021.
4. a. Look at the underlined sentences in ex. 1c. Match

sentences 1, 2, 4 and 5 with the schemes and formulas below.
a) c)
now now
b) d)
now now
1. was / were V + ing; 3. had been V + ing;

2. had V3; 4. have / has been V + ing
12
b. Answer the questions. 5
1. In what way is the action described in sentence 2 similar to
those described in sentences 1, 4 and 5? 2. What is the difference
between them? 3. What does each of the tense forms focus on?
4. What is the name of the tense form used in sentence 2? 5. In
what way are sentences 2 and 3 similar to each other? 6. What
is the difference between them? 7. Can all verbs be used in the
Past Perfect Continuous form? Why (not)?
c. Go to page 206/2221, read the information in the Grammar

Reference and check yourself.
d. Find more examples of the Past Perfect Continuous forms in

ex. 1c and 3.
5. Work in small groups. Has your attitude to or opinion about the

artworks in ex. 1a changed? Why (not)?
LESSON 3. A dreamer who never woke up
Communicative area: reading and speaking about

a famous artist and his creative work
Active vocabulary: vibrant, heritage, to pay homage
1. a. Answer the questions.

1. A representative of what art movement is Marc Chagall?
2. What kinds of art is Marc Chagall’s creative work linked
with? 3. What are his most famous artworks?
b. Read Marc Chagall’s biography and check your ideas.

Widely admired by both his contemporaries and later
artists, Marc Chagall (1887–1985) is considered the “last
master of European modernism”. He borrowed elements from
different modern art trends but didn’t belong to any specific
1 Russian / Belarusian
13
style or movement. With his
otherworldly images of blue cows,
flying lovers, biblical scenes and
green-faced violinists the artist
was definitely one of a kind.
Born into a poor Jewish 
family, Marc Chagall was the
eldest of nine children. Still his
childhood was happily filled with
children, farm animals, music,
dance, folklore, and jokes. At the
age of 19, he met Yehuda Pen, who
recognised his talent and invited
the young man to study painting
free of charge. A few months later,
Chagall moved to St Petersburg,
where he learnt how to do realistic
landscapes and self-portraits.
Then he studied under Léon Bakst,
who introduced him to decorative
art and other art forms.
In 1910, he left for Paris,
where the young artist attended
classes at free academies of
fine arts and visited all kinds
of exhibitions and galleries. He
discovered new ideas and new
artists, such as Pablo Picasso
and Henri Matisse. Chagall also
developed the features that
became recognisable trademarks
of his art: vibrant 
colours portraying the world in a
dreamlike state. (1. …) His first
one-man exhibition in Berlin in
1914, just before the beginning
of World War I, was a success.
Life was hard during wartime
but it was a joyful period for
14
Chagall: he returned to Vitebsk and in 1915 married Bella
Rosenfeld, a woman who became his greatest love and inspiration
5
for life. (2. …)
For some time after the 1917 revolution Marc Chagall was a
director of the new Academy of Art in Vitebsk. However, he became
disappointed with the work in the school because of the differences
with his colleagues and left for Moscow. There, the artist
designed costumes and settings for the Jewish Chamber Theatre.
In 1922, Chagall found that his art had fallen out of favour
and together with his family he left Russia. New horizons opened
for the painter when he was commissioned to make illustrations
for Gogol’s Dead Souls and La Fontaine’s fables. Chagall also
travelled a lot and after a journey to Palestine started working
on the Bible. He also published his autobiography he had been
writing since 1911. Chagall’s work during this period brought
him new success as an artist, and he had a number of exhibitions.
However, as his popularity was spreading so was the threat of
fascism. His works were removed from galleries in Germany and
some were burnt. Chagall’s horror at the Nazi’s rise to power
is expressed in his 1938 masterpiece White Crucifixion. (3. …)
In 1941, Marc Chagall and his family had to move to the
United States. There he got involved in designing settings
and costumes for the New York Ballet. In 1944, his wife died
suddenly, and it was such a shock to him that the artist couldn’t
paint for a year.
Marc Chagall returned to France in 1948. In the post-war
years his artwork turned biblical, reflecting his Jewish heritage
. He took an interest in interior design and monumental
art. He discovered sculpture and ceramics, designed mosaics and
tapestries and created a series of stunning stained-glass windows
for the Medical Centre in Jerusalem, the UN building in New York
and several churches and cathedrals
around the world. (4. …) Chagall
became one of very few artists to
exhibit work at the Louvre during
their lifetime when the museum
organised an exhibition of his
works to pay homage  to
the 90-year-old artist.
15
2. a. In ex. 1b find the sentences with the words below. What do the
words mean?
Vibrant colours: a) strong and bright colours; b) dark and

dull colours.
Heritage: a) something that you receive from someone after
they die; b) important qualities, customs and traditions that have
been in a society for a long time.
Pay homage: a) to pay money to build a home; b) to show
your respect and admiration for someone.
b. Read the biography again. Fill in the missing sentences. There is

one extra sentence that you don’t heed to use.
a) At the age of 77 he painted the ceiling of the Paris Opera.

b) Such paintings as Birthday, The Promenade and Over the
Town show Chagall’s island of domestic happiness among the
chaos .
c) It has everything Chagall is famous for – a dreamy mixture
of folk fantasy and surrealism all wrapped in vibrant colours.
d) Together with Picasso’s Guernica, the canvas is the most
expressive criticism of war and hatred of the 20th century.
e) It was during this period that he created one of his iconic
paintings I and the Village.
3. Create a timeline of Marc Chagall’s life and mark the most important
events. Explain their role in the life of the painter.
4. a. Listen to the descriptions of Chagall’s artworks. What

are they? What is shown in the picture below?
16
b. Listen again and answer the following questions. 5
1. According to speaker 1, why didn’t all contemporaries
appreciate the fact that Chagall had got the commission?
2. According to speaker 2, why was the work of art
commissioned?
3. According to speaker 3, what did Chagall’s contemporaries
admire about the painting?
c. Which of the works of art described appeal to you most? Why?

What feelings do they arouse in you?
5. a. Work in pairs.
Student 1: close the book and tell the partner what

you remember about the famous artist. You may use
the timeline created in ex. 3 for help.
Student 2: follow in the book to check your partner.
b. Change over.
6. Have a round-table talk “Paying homage to

Chagall”. Speak about the facts from the
artist’s biography and his artworks that
impressed you most.
LESSON 4. In all its glory
Communicative area: asking and answering questions

about architectural monuments in Britain
Active vocabulary: glory, a dome, a tomb, a listed
building, to dominate, majestic
17
1. Look at the collage  and discuss the questions below.
1. What famous buildings are shown there? 2. What do you

know about them? 3. What would you like to know about them?
4. What adjectives would you use to describe them?
2. a. Read the script of a conversation with an art student. Which of

the buildings shown in the pictures in ex. 1 are they talking about?
– (1. …)?
– Well, it’s a fine example of English Baroque 
architecture. It’s also a symbol of courage and ability not to give
in. The famous photo taken during World War II bombing shows
the cathedral’s recognisable dome rising out of a cloud of smoke
and fire. A part of the east end of the building was destroyed.
Actually, the whole cathedral might have been in ruins if the
firewatchers hadn’t acted quickly.
– (2. …)?
– Oh yes. In fact, it is the fourth cathedral to be located on
the site. The first one was built in 604 AD and was made of wood.
The present-day cathedral was designed by Sir Christopher Wren
when he was commissioned to do the rebuilding of the city after
the Great Fire in 1666. Now Wren’s masterpiece is a Grade 1
listed building.
– I see. (3. …)
– It had been dominating London for 250 years before it lost
its title in 1962. Nowadays it occupies the eighty-fifth place
but is still an iconic feature of London’s skyline and offers
breath-taking views across the city. To enjoy them you should
climb either to the Stone Gallery or to the Golden Gallery,
both outside of the dome. The journey to the top – 528 steps –
18
will take your breath away in more ways than one. But, my
goodness, it’s worth it.
5
– (4. …)?
– To begin with, it is one of the largest cathedral domes in
the world. The inside of the dome shows eight scenes from the
life of St Paul and is a truly stunning sight. Then there is the
Whispering Gallery that circles the dome 30 metres above the
floor. Clap your hands and you will hear four echoes.
– Impressive! (5. …)?
– Yes, the first person to be buried there was Sir Christopher
Wren. The crypt  houses over 200 memorials and tombs
 of historic figures, including Admiral Nelson and the
Duke of Wellington.
– (6. …)?
– It’s the largest church in London and is used for big
occasions. It has seen state funerals, royal weddings and
celebrations. It’s a working church with daily services and it’s
free to attend them. However, to experience the cathedral in all
its glory visitors must buy tickets.
– (7. …)?
– The majestic  cathedral simply needs to be on
your itinerary . Yes, everyone goes there. Yes, it’s
pricey to get in. But sometimes, things that lots of people want
to see are actually worth seeing.
recognisable (adj.) – recognise (v.)
b. Write down the questions you think the student was asked.
c. Listen to the questions. How close were your guesses?
3. a. Find the words in bold in ex. 2a that mean the following:
1. beautiful, powerful and causing great admiration and

respect;
2. a structure where someone is buried;
3. a rounded roof on a building;
4. great beauty;
5. to be the largest or noticeable part of something;
6. a building of architectural or historical value that can’t be
changed without permission from the government.
19
b. Read the answers in ex. 2a again. Are the following statements
true, false or no information is given?
1. After World War II St Paul’s Cathedral lay in ruins. 2. The

new cathedral was built because the old one was damaged in the
17th century. 3. It used to be the tallest building in London for
a long time. 4. Climbing to the Golden Gallery is allowed only
in fine weather. 5. The architect who designed the Cathedral is
buried there. 6. The Cathedral is protected by the state. 7. The
Cathedral charges no entrance fee.
4. a. Read the extracts (Student A – below; Student B – p. 26)

from travel brochures about another architectural monument. Write
down the questions to find out the missing information.
Student А
1. Westminster Abbey isn’t officially an “abbey” and it
belongs to (1. …). The majestic Gothic structure is one of the
most important historical places in London. It is a Grade I listed
building and a UNESCO World Heritage site.
2. Though the royal church marked its 900th anniversary
in 1965, the current building dates back (3. …). The design and
the plan were strongly influenced by the contemporary French
cathedral architecture. Over the centuries several additions have
been made. The Lady Chapel with its stunning ceiling was added
in 1519. The western towers completed in (5. …) gave the Abbey
its easily recognisable faade . The latest addition, the
seven-storey glass Weston Tower, was opened to the public in
2018. The Abbey was heavily damaged during World War II but
restored to its former glory soon after the war.
3. The Weston Tower was commissioned in 2013 to (7. …)
that are 16 metres above the Abbey’s floor. The new museum
not only shows a priceless collection of historical objects, but
also provides breathtaking views across the Abbey. The tower
constructed on a small patch of land called the Poet’s Yard, has
a lift and a spiral staircase and is connected to the building by a
bridge. The style of the star-shaped tower is described as “sci-fi
Gothic” by the press.
4. Westminster Abbey has been the coronation church for
the British Monarch (9. …). It is also the venue for some royal
20
weddings and funerals, as well as other state occasions. Many
British kings and queens and other outstanding Britons are also
5
buried or commemorated there. More than 100 poets and writers
are buried or have memorials in Poets’ Corner. The Tomb of the
Unknown Warrior, which pays homage to all the British who
died in the wars, is just inside the great west door.
5. Its importance to British history and society has been
formally noted, with the building given (11. …) status in 1987.
You are surrounded by history at the Abbey, not like in a
museum where it is displayed, but here you are standing where
history has happened. Little wonder it is an iconic spot that
attracts over a million and a half visitors each year.
b. Work in pairs. Ask and answer your questions to complete the

information.
c. Discuss the questions below.

1. In what way are the two churches similar to each other?
2. In what way do they differ from each other? 3. Which of them
would you call the crowning glory of the city? 4. Which of them
would you like to visit? Why?
5. a. Work in two teams. Prepare 10 questions for a quiz about
architectural monuments in Britain.
b. Work in pairs. Ask your partner the questions from the quiz.
LESSON 5. Man-made wonders
Communicative area: speaking about architectural

heritage in Belarus
Active vocabulary: grand, enormous, magnificent, well-
preserved
1. a. Make a list of architectural monuments in Belarus you have

visited. Compare your list with your classmates and discuss the
questions.
21
1. Which of the landmarks are most popular? 2. Which of
them have only few people named? 3. Are there more public or
residential buildings? 4. What style are they: (Neo)-Gothic,
Baroque, Neoclassicism ? 5. Are they protected
by the state? If yes, how?
6. Which of them:
a) are well-preserved  (=kept in good condition)?
b) have been restored to their former glory?
c) are being reconstructed and renovated?
d) have undergone (=experienced) renovation, repairs or
reconstruction recently?
e) badly need renovation, repairs or reconstruction?
f) lie in ruins?
b. Read the list of adjectives in the box. What Belarusian architectural

monuments would you describe with the help of each adjective?
I (don’t) think that … I (don’t) find …
Stunning, majestic, grand  (=very large and

special), impressive, iconic, enormous  (=extremely
large), recognisable, breathtaking, magnificent ()
(=extremely beautiful or impressive), worth seeing / visiting,
ancient, contemporary, significant, historic.
2. a. Work in 3 groups. Read the text assigned to your group. Answer

the questions. Get ready to retell the information.
1. What architectural styles are mentioned? 2. What

historical period or events is the style connected with? 3. What
structures are given as examples? 4. What interesting facts are
given about them?
Text A
At the beginning of the 1920s, Minsk was gradually coming
back to normal life and healing its war wounds. The republic
didn’t have its own architectural school at the time, so together
with Leningrad and Moscow architects, Constructivism came to
Minsk. The movement was inspired by the idea of change and
revolution and aimed to reflect modern industrial society and
22
urban space. In architecture, this style focused on highlighting
contrast in various building surfaces such as walls, windows,
5
and doors. It combined straight lines with cylinders ,
cubes, squares and rectangles. Though the glory of Minsk
constructivism didn’t last long and not all the buildings survived
the Great Patriotic War, they are still important in the
architectural landscape of the city and are easily recognisable.
construct (v.) – constructivism (n.) – constructivist (adj.)
A textbook example of the constructivist architectural style

is the Government House, located in Independence Square.
Created by Iosif Langbard, it was the largest public building in
the pre-war republic. When Yanka Kupala saw the project he
called the architect “the daydreaming guy”. It took three years
to construct the huge building,
and it was done by hand.
Nowadays, it’s the seat of the
Belarusian Parliament. The
Opera and Ballet Theatre, the
Officers’ House and the central
building of the National
Academy of Sciences were also
designed by the architect.
Another typical example of a constructivist building that
survived the war is the former State Library created by Georgi
Lavrov. It was one of the first structures specially designed
to house a library in the Soviet Union and appeared in 1932.
Originally, the architect wanted to contrast a three-storeyed
building and a nine-storeyed one in the project. However, the
idea of the high-rise building had to be given up.
Text B
Minsk is home to thirty or so churches, and only a few of
them are of historic or cultural interest. Most of them share a
dark period in their history when they were used not as religious
temples but as warehouses, clubs, prisons, theatres or even
gyms. The reconstructions that took place at the end of the 20th
23
century managed to return them their original look and part of
their former glory.
One of the most instantly recognisable symbols of Minsk is a
magnificent Baroque Orthodox cathedral in the Upper Town.
The white two-towered structure is the Holy Spirit Cathedral.
Its history dates back to the beginning of the 17th century, but
the present-day building appeared
only in 1860. The cathedral is home
to the icon of Our Lady of Minsk
that has been in Minsk since 1500.
Another 18th century Baroque
cathedral is the Cathedral of the
Holy Name of Saint Virgin Mary.
It is located quite near, but it
is easy to miss the significant
architectural monument as it is
squeezed in between two ordinary
houses.
The Church of St Simon and St Helen in Independence
square, also known as the Red Church, really stands out from the
surrounding buildings. The red-brick Neo-Gothic structure with
the elements of the Art Nouveau  style was built in
1910 and at the time was the largest Catholic church in the city.
The Church of St Peter and St Paul is one of the oldest
architectural monuments and the only Renaissance building in
the city. The so-called Yellow Church was built in 1620. It has
gone through two major restorations, but the original frescoes
and many decorative details didn’t survive.
Text C
After the war, a master plan of restoration and reconstruction
was developed because about 86% of Minsk lay in ruins.
According to the plan, it was supposed to become an ideal place
to live in, a city of dreams. The dominating architectural style of
the era was Stalin’s neoclassicism, or the so-called “Grand Style”.
Neoclassical architecture took inspiration from the Ancient
Greece and Rome so they remind of ancient temples, villas and
block buildings where the focus was on harmony, simplicity,
proportion and symmetry. The urban architectural ensemble
24
() of Independence Avenue created within the 15 years 5
after the war may be called an open air museum showing off
the best of grand Soviet architecture. It is on the State List of
Historical and Cultural Values of the Republic of Belarus.
Among the public buildings the following are worth
mentioning:
 the Central Post-Office (by Boris Dukhan and Vladimir
Korol) that looks like an Italian palace;
 the Trade Unions Palace of Culture (by Vladimir Ershov)
richly decorated with columns and sculptures on the faade;
 the building of the main department store GUM (by Lev Milegi
and Roman Gegart) with a wide staircase and such decorative
details as columns, stained-glass windows and sculptures.
The principal characteristics of the Stalinist apartment
blocks built in the neoclassical style were a sense of space and
enormous size. The crowning glory of that architecture is the City
Gates (by Boris Rubanenko), two beautifully decorated residential
buildings in front of the Railway Station. The 11-storey towers
with symbolic statues representing
the warrior, the partisan, the
peasant woman and the engineer
look very impressive, especially
when they are illuminated at night.
One of the twin towers has a huge
3.5-metre clock and the other the
emblem of the Byelorussian Soviet
Socialist Republic (now Belarus).
b. Work in groups of three. Share the information you have learnt.
3. a. Are the following statements true or false? Correct the false

ones.
1. The name of Iosif Langbard is associated with
Neoclassicism. 2. There are not many constructivist buildings in
Minsk. 3. The Holy Spirit Cathedral is an iconic building. 4. The
Red and Yellow Churches are built in the same architectural
style. 5. The part of Independence Avenue reconstructed after
the Great Patriotic War is protected by the state. 6. The City
Gates are decorated with statues of angels.
25
b. Do you remember the information well? What do the following
numbers mean?
3, 3.5, 4, 11, 15, 17, 18, 30, 86, 1500, 1620, 1860, 1910, 1932.
4. a. The “Strana Mini” Museum displays about 30 exhibits

showing architectural monuments of Belarus, both the existing ones
and those that have already disappeared. Imagine you are helping
the Museum. Work in four groups. Get a card from your teacher. Use
the clues to give a short description of the building to prove that it
is part of our heritage.
b. Work in groups of 4. Share your descriptions. Rank the buildings

in the order they should appear on the display of the museum starting
with the most important one. Explain your choice.
Student B (for ex. 4a, p. 20)

1. Westminster Abbey isn’t officially an “abbey” and it
belongs to the monarch, not to the Church of England. The
majestic Gothic structure is one of the most important historical
places in London. It is a (2. …) building and a UNESCO World
Heritage site.
2. Though the royal church marked its 900th anniversary in
1965, the current building dates back to the 13th century when
it replaced the old church. The design and the plan were strongly
influenced by (4. …). Over the centuries several additions have
been made. The Lady Chapel with its stunning ceiling was added
in 1519. The western towers completed in 1745 gave the Abbey
its easily recognisable faade . The latest addition, the
seven-storey glass Weston Tower, was opened to the public in
(6. …). The Abbey was heavily damaged during World War II
but restored to its former glory soon after the war.
3. The Weston Tower was commissioned in 2013 to provide
access to the new exhibition spaces that are 16 metres above
the Abbey’s floor. The new museum not only shows a priceless
collection of historical objects but also provides breathtaking
views across the Abbey. The tower constructed on a small patch
of land called the Poet’s Yard has a lift and a spiral staircase and
is connected to the building by a bridge. The style of the star-
shaped tower is described (8. …).
26
4. Westminster Abbey has been the coronation church for
the British Monarch since the 11th century. It is also the venue
5
for some royal weddings and funerals as well as other state
occasions. Many British kings and queens and other outstanding
Britons are also buried or commemorated there. More than
100 poets and writers are buried or have memorials in (10. …).
The Tomb of the Unknown Warrior, which pays homage to all the
British who died in the wars, is just inside the great west door.
5. Its importance to British history and society has been
formally noted, with the building given UNESCO World
Heritage Site status in 1987. You are surrounded by history at
the Abbey, not like in a museum where it is displayed, but here
you are standing where history has happened. Little wonder it
is an iconic spot that attracts (12. …) visitors each year.
LESSON 6. What do you think of it?
Communicative area: expressing opinions about an

exhibition
1. Read the quotations. Explain their meaning. Do you agree with

them? Why (not)?
A museum is a place where one should lose one’s head.

Renzo Piano
Real museums are places where Time is transformed into Space.

Orhan Pamuk
Museums are wormholes to other worlds.

Jerry Saltz
2. Work in pairs. Discuss the questions.
1. How often do you go to a museum? Why is it so? 2. What

kind of museums have you been to? Is there a local museum on
your list? 3. If you go to your local museum, do you want to see
27
its permanent collection or a loan exhibition? 4. Which of the
museums you’ve been to impressed you most? Why? 5. Which
of them did you leave disappointed? Why? 6. If you could go to
any museum in the world, what would you choose? Why?
3. a. Listen to two friends talking about an exhibition and

answer the questions.
Have both speakers seen the exhibition?

Do they have the same or different opinions?
b. Complete the conversation with the phrases from the box.
I was fascinated  a bit more traditional  quite

expensive  it was worth it  had the feeling of unreality
 an unforgettable experience  it was clever of them
 create the mood  would have really loved  tune in
to the painting’s mood
– Have you seen Van Gogh Alive yet?

– Yes, I have. Actually, we went to the exhibition hall last
week.
– Did you? I was able to get there only yesterday. I had to
spend some time in a queue but (1. …). So what do you think of it?
– The exhibition? I quite liked it but after all that hype, I had
been expecting something, you know, more impressive. Well, it
was fun, but honestly I would prefer something (2. …).
– Really? Personally, I think it’s the best exhibition I’ve ever
seen. It was a fascinating new way to look at artworks and really
feel what the artist may have been feeling at times. (3. …)!
– I see your point. Yes, modern technology lets you step
inside Van Gogh’s works. Though all the time I (4. …) … Yes,
the music was fine, and it helped (5. …) and everything … Still …
– Just think what it would be like
to see the iconic Starry Night at the
MoMA. With all those school trips
and tourists you’d be lucky to glimpse
at the information label, let alone
(6. …). And would you be able to come
28
so close to the painting as to see the master’s brushstrokes, the
vibrant colours and vivid details that make up his recognisable
5
style? (7. …) by the close-ups, moving images flooding the floors,
ceilings, and walls.
– I agree that Van Gogh’s masterpieces literally come to life.
And I think (8. …) to include some extracts from the artist’s
letters to his brother Theo, as well as photographs and videos to
demonstrate his sources of inspiration. But should that windmill
really be moving? Should those famous sunflowers really move in
the digital wind? And is this the future of touring exhibitions?
– Well, I believe Van Gogh (9. …) this experience because it
expresses art both through vision and through music.
– Perhaps. And speaking of music, listening to a recording is
nice but it would be terribly sad to never see a live performance.
Besides, the exhibition was (10. …).
c. Listen to the conversation again and check yourself.
d. Answer the questions.

1. What kind of exhibition are the man and the woman
talking about? 2. Was it easy for the man to get to the
exhibition? Why (not)? 3. Does the exhibition live up to the
woman’s expectations? Why (not)? 4. What do they think about
the use of modern technology in the exhibition? 5. What benefits
does the man name to prove his point of view? 6. What does the
woman appreciate about the exhibition? 7. What does the woman
think about the admission fees?
4. Work in pairs. Practise reading the conversation out.
5. Work in new pairs. Role-play the situation: both you and your
friend have been to the same exhibition and now are exchanging your
opinions.
Student 1: you are not much of an art enthusiast,

but you like everything about the exhibition.
Student 2: on the whole, you like the exhibition, but

there are a couple of things that you dislike.
29
LESSON 7. An exhibition not to miss
Communicative area: recommending an exhibition to

visit
1. Discuss the questions with your partner.
1. When was the last time you saw an exhibition? 2. How did
you learn about it? 3. Would you recommend it to your friends?
Why (not)?
2. a. Listen to the extract of the Art Talk,

a podcast about art events and exhibitions in Los
Angeles (LA). Is the speaker informing the
audience of the upcoming events or reviewing the
past events?
b. Listen and put the names of the art events in the order
they are talked about and match them to their venues.
1. Felix, LA a) LA Louver
2. Doug Aitken’s installation b) Paramount Studios
3. Art Los Angeles c) an empty store
Contemporary (ALAC) d) Hollywood’s Roosevelt
4. David Hockney’s exhibition Hotel
5. Frieze Art Fair e) Santa Monica Airport
c. Are the following statements true or false? Listen and

check yourself.
1. ALAC will hold its tenth edition on Wednesday. 2. Frieze

Art Fair opens the day before ALAC fair. 3. Dean Valentine is
the organiser of Felix, LA. 4. David Hockney is a young artist.
5. The last event will be open to public for a month.
3. Answer the questions.
1. Which of the events is free? 2. Which of the events will

be held for the first time in LA? 3. How many art dealers take
30
5
part in Felix, LA? 4. Where should you go if you want to see the
artwork shown in the picture? 5. Which of the events has the
speaker already seen?
4. a. Match the parts of the phrases.
1. highly a) all of us to see

2. it’s worth b) free
3. a great chance for c) to be missed
4. will have a d) by the mystery and feelings
5. it’s e) its … admission
6. is simply f) great time
7. an exhibition not g) recommend
8. totally fascinated h) an inspiration
b. Which of the events do the phrases from ex. 4a refer to? Which of
the events would you like to visit? Why?
5. a. Work in three groups. Imagine you’re preparing a script for your

podcast Art Talk. Use the phrases from ex. 4 and your own ideas.
Follow the guidelines below.
 Greet your listeners.

 Inform of the venue, time, and admission fees to the
exhibition.
 Say a few words about the exhibits and choose the most
interesting ones.
 Advise people to visit the exhibition and explain the
reasons.
b. Work in groups of three. Share your podcasts. Which of the

recommended events most of you would choose to visit?
31
LESSON 8. What is art to you?
Communicative area: giving an opinion on what role art

plays in our lives; writing an article on this issue
1. a. Answer the questions. Compare

your answers in pairs.
1. Why do people make art? 2. How

does art influence people? 3. What
would our life be like without art?
b. Read the following opinions. Were your ideas similar to any of

these? Which questions from ex. 1a does each person answer?
A. Art stimulates our mind and gives us the opportunity to

explore our creative side. Art in any form entertains, informs,
educates and enlightens us in every possible way. It gives
us the meaning of everything we see around us. Without
it, our lives would simply become plain, boring and lifeless.
And the world around would be like a blank piece of paper.
B. Art is an expression of one’s self. Through art, we can

express our emotions, such as happiness, love, sadness or
grief. It is our medium to share our hidden talents, and for
the world to know how creative we are.
C. Each form of art is different, but they are somehow

related to our souls and emotions. Any form of art makes
us realise how great these works of art are, and it’s deeply
touching. Art teaches us to become observant and grateful.
observe (v.) – observant (adj.)
32
D. Art to me is my life itself. I can’t imagine not being an
5
artist. Art is my best friend, my therapist and at times a
nuisance because it takes me away from being social. It’s
worth it because I understand how much of a dedication
and loyalty it is. You get out of it what you put in. Art keeps
me balanced and sane (=not mentally ill) because I need
something to look forward to after work every day.
E. It plays a vital part in the lives of creative people. It’s

expression, but it’s more than just expression. It’s something
that plays a part in your ability to be happy and satisfied.
F. Art stirs up emotions, happy or sad, disturbing or exciting.

Art makes you feel, and art makes you think. Pieces of art
can make you question not only the artist’s interpretation or
message, but also your own feelings. Why does a certain
painting make you hopeful? Why can a performance move
you to tears? Art can predict the future, and art can show
the past.
G. Feeling frustrated, depressed, anxious, angry? Art is the

best personal healer during stressful times.
H. Art influences people by inspiring them. Inspiration affects

everyone in different ways. That’s the magical thing about
art – everyone experiences it differently, and therefore,
it influences everyone differently. Through art we have a
remarkable opportunity to step into the shoes of someone
else for a while, to see the world as they see it or want to
see, and through that process we discover things about our
lives and the world.
I. I hope my art can lift your spirit! My aim is to create

paintings and prints with the belief that art can inspire
people, make a house a home, and bring joy and positive
energy into the world!
33
J. Pablo Picasso once said, “The purpose of art is washing
the dust of daily life off our souls”. I couldn’t agree more!
Art heals, gives hope and motivates us to keep on going
whatever happens.
K. Art keeps you young. Not physically, but mentally. Art

keeps you open to new things and helps you see the
universal things that matter. Your mind is flexible, less
fearful, you learn more, and you take yourself less seriously.
L. Life without art would be boring, dull, colourless, and

uninspiring. Art is everywhere in our lives and shapes who
we are as people.
2. a. Match the beginnings of these quotations about art with their

endings.
1. “Art is a lie that …

2. “Art is the most effective mode of …
3. “Great art picks up …
4. “All art …
5. “We have art in order …
6. “You use a glass mirror to see your face, …
a) … is quite useless”. Oscar Wilde
b) … makes us realise the truth”. Pablo Picasso
c) … communication that exists”. John Dewey
d) … you use works of art to see your soul”. George Bernard Shaw
e) … where nature ends”. Mark Chagall
f) … not to die of the truth”. Friedrich Nietzsche
b. Discuss in small groups.

1. What do you think the quotes mean? 2. Which quotes do
you like best? 3. Which ones are difficult to agree with?
3. a. You are going to write an article on the role of art in your life
for a school magazine. Use the words from the box to complete the
tips which will help you to structure your article.
conclusion  introduction  paragraphs  title
34
A good article consists of:
1. An eye-catching …, which attracts the reader’s attention
5
and makes them want to read your article.
2. An interesting …, which gives a general idea of what is
to follow, e.g. how important art is in your life, your opinion on
what art is.
3. The main body, consisting of some …, each dealing with
one aspect of the topic, e.g. some information about different
types of art, your favourite artists and works of art and your
attitude to them.
4. A …, which gives an appropriate ending to the article, e.g.
a description of how art makes you feel and how it influences
people or a description of an imaginary world without art.
Ideally, you should tie the end with the beginning.
b. Read the following possible headlines and choose one for your
article.
Useless but necessary!
Are you one of those people who…? Art means a lot to me
ART IN MY LIFE Plain, boring, colourless? No way!
c. Use the following guidelines and techniques to write an attractive
article.
1. Make the language of your article conversational and

keep a fine line between formal and informal.
2. Think who is going to read your article and address the
reader directly.
3. Use surprising facts.
4. Use quotations, proverbs, well-known phrases from
literature and / or songs.
5. Use rhetoric questions.
6. Avoid using simplistic adjectives (e.g. nice, good, bad),
try to use more colourful vocabulary instead.
4. Write an article (about 150 words) on the role of art in your life.
5. Share your article with the class. Does art mean the same to all of you?
35
LESSON 9. Art therapy session
BEFORE THE PRESENTATION LESSON

1. a. Read the questions below. Which of them can you answer?
1. What is art therapy? 2. Who is it for? 3. What skills do
you need to take part in an art therapy session? 4. What is the
aim of art therapy?
b. Read the answers and match them to the questions. How close
were your ideas?
A. The simple answer is none. Art therapy requires no artistic
ability. After all, the goal is not necessarily to create an art
masterpiece. And you need not be “afraid” of expressing yourself
through art though it may seem different and unnatural at first.
The art therapist offers guidance and support and a variety of
art materials.
B. The aim of art therapy is to improve emotional state or
mental well-being. It also can be used as a mode of self-discovery
or a great way to release stress after a long work week. Art
therapists are trained to recognise the non-verbal symbols and
metaphors that are communicated within the creative process,
symbols and metaphors which might be difficult to express in
words. By helping their clients to discover what underlying
thoughts and feelings are being communicated in the artwork
and what it means to them, it is hoped that clients will develop
a better understanding of themselves and the way they relate to
the people around them.
C. It’s for everybody. For people who are generally stressed
and overworked. For people with health problems or eating
disorders. For people with learning disabilities. For children and
young people who have problems in school or personal problems
at home. For people who feel they are problem-free but would like
to learn more about themselves. It can benefit people of all ages.
D. People have been relying on the arts to communicate,
express themselves, and heal for thousands of years. But art
therapy didn’t start to become a formal programme until the
1940s. It is based on the idea that either creating art or viewing
36
it can help people explore emotions, develop self-awareness,
cope with stress and work on social skills. Art therapy offers
5
people a chance to express their thoughts and feelings in a
supportive environment. It involves using a wide variety of art
materials, for example paints, clay and batik, to create a visual
representation of thoughts and feelings.
2. Read and choose one of the tasks below.

Create anything, however you want with whatever you want,
that speaks to who you are as a person. For this activity, any art
goes here. You can draw, paint, sculpt, collage, collect … it’s
totally up to you. Just come up with some way of communicating
how you see yourself. Here are a few ideas to consider.
1. Create a self-portrait that reflects how you see yourself
in the future. It may be a drawing, a painting, or a collage from
magazines or other materials.
2. Create two masks. One mask represents the self you show
to society, and the other mask represents your inner self. Use
cardboard or any other artistic materials.
3. Create a sculpture that shows something
you love. Use plasticine or any other materials.
4. You may draw your inspiration from
Mark Rothko’s works and create an abstract
painting that expresses feelings related to past
stressful situations or happy ones.
5. Create a piece of art that represents
your dream or wish. It may be a collage, a
painting, a sculpture, a cut-out (like those
made by Matisse) or an installation.
6. Create a mandala ,
a circle decorated with colours and shapes to
represent your personal universe and self-
created order. It can be drawn or woven.
You may also choose one from mandala
colouring books and colour it.
IN THE PRESENTATION LESSON

1. Present your piece of art to the class. You may explain what your
piece of art stands for or ask your classmates to interpret it.
37
LESSON 10. Culture corner. A painter 2.0
Communicative area: reading and speaking about

a famous contemporary artist
1. What contemporary artists do you know? What art style do they

represent? What genres and forms do they prefer?
2. Look at the pictures and discuss the questions.
1. What is depicted in them? 2. How would you describe the

colours? 3. What attracts the eye? 4. If you closed your eyes,
which of the works would you remember? Why?
1
3
2 4
5 6
3. a. Are the works in ex. 2 created by different people or by one and

the same person? What makes you think so? Read the article and
check your guesses. What is said about the artworks?
1. David Hockney has often been voted as “the greatest

living artist” and is also one of the richest contemporary artists.
A Bigger Grand Canyon, a series of 60 canvases combined to
38
produce one enormous picture, was bought by the National
Gallery of Australia for $4.6 million.
5
2. One of five children, Hockney was born into a working-
class family in Yorkshire. He showed an early interest in art
and in 1959 began a post-graduate course at the Royal College of
Arts in London. He did well as a student but refused to write an
essay at the final exam. Instead he made 50 copies of his satirical
sketch titled The Diploma (some of them are at the Tate now).
Recognising his talent, the RCA changed its regulations and
awarded the diploma.
3. Hockney is a many-sided artist. He has made his name in
Pop art, Expressionism and Cubism. He has experimented with
painting, drawing, printmaking, watercolours and photography.
The subject matter of his works ranges from still life and
landscape to portraits of his friends and his dogs. He has also
published a number of books and screenplays and has worked as
a set and costume stage designer. Hockney was commissioned
to design the cover and pages for the December 1985 issue of the
French edition of Vogue . In 2018, he created a stained-glass
window for Westminster Abbey to celebrate Elizabeth II’s reign.
4. Hockney’s early works were full of vibrant greens,
purples, pinks and yellows. However, when he came to California
in the 1960s (and became a longtime resident of Los Angeles), he
started using acrylic instead of oil and his art took on a new look.
It was there that Hockney made his iconic series of paintings of
swimming pools. One of them, A Bigger Splash, is now part of
the Tate Gallery collection.
5. In the early 1980s the artist began creating photo collages
that he called “joiners”. At first, true to the spirit of Cubism
he arranged photos taken from different perspectives and at
slightly different times into a patchwork. Then his collages
took on a shape of their own, creating abstract representations
of the landscapes or portraits. Although his photographs were
successful, Hockney returned to painting in the late 1980s.
6. Throughout his career, the artist has created portraits and
double portraits in a realistic style and repeatedly depicted the
same subjects. He has also turned to his own figure year after
year, making over 300 self-portraits.
7. Hockney is sure that you can’t be tired of nature and loves
painting landscapes. Inspired by Van Gogh, Picasso and Matisse,
39
he has developed a colourful palette  and re-imagined
English landscape. He often creates paintings made of several
smaller canvases placed together.
8. Since 2009, Hockney has painted hundreds of portraits,
still lifes and landscapes using the Brushes app designed by
Apple. In 2010, he held an exhibition in Paris showing his art
made on iPads. His artworks were also exhibited digitally on
large screens.
9. David Hockney has had over 400 solo and over 500 group
exhibitions. His first one-man show at London gallery was held
when the artist was only 26. 2017 was the year of David Hockney
because that year the internationally recognised British artist
celebrated his 80th birthday. To pay homage, the Tate, the
Pompidou Centre and the Met organised exhibitions dedicated
to his creative work. They were the most visited ever, with over
4,000 visitors per day at the Tate and over 5,000 – in Paris.
b. Match the paragraphs with the best paragraph headings. One

heading is not needed.
a) Rich and famous f) Exhibitions, exhibitions

b) A patchwork of a photo g) An essay or a sketch?
c) Not tired of landscapes h) Homage to the Queen
d) A man of many talents i) A big splash
e) A new medium j) A gallery of portraits
4. a. Read the article again. Are the following statements true

or false?
1. Hockney studied art in Oxford. 2. Different modern art

movements influenced Hockney’s creative work. 3. Hockney’s
early photo collages look like a patchwork. 4. The artist has never
painted the same subject twice. 5. The anniversary exhibitions
weren’t successful.
1. How did Hockney’s works change when he moved to

California? 2. What are “joiners”? 3. What are Hockney’s
favourite genres in painting? 4. Why is he sometimes called
“a painter 2.0”? 5. When was David Hockney born?
40
5. a. Work in pairs. Make a list of 10 words that you associate with
David Hockney and his creative work. Organise them in a word cloud.
5
b. Share your word cloud with the class. How similar / different are
your ideas?
LESSON 11. Speaking club. Is art in

the eye of the beholder?
Communicative area: discussing different problems

connected with art
1. Describe the comic strips by Herluf Bidstrup (1912–1988), a Danish

cartoonist and illustrator. What ideas does he want to express?
Do you agree with him? Why (not)? How do they refer to the title of
the lesson?
Did you know that?

The popular saying “beauty is in the eye of the beholder”
(= a person who looks at it) appeared in the 3rd century BC in
Greece. It means that what one person finds beautiful, another
may not.
41
2. a. Put the words in the correct order to get an opinion about a kind
of art.
are have art bus places
museums stops interesting useful and
to far more than. Banksy
b. Listen and check your ideas.
c. Answer the questions.
1. What kind of art is it about? 2. What message does the

person want to convey? 3. Do you agree with it? Why (not)?
3. a. Work in two groups. Toss a coin to decide which group

should speak in favour of graffiti  and street art and which –
against them. Make a list of arguments to support your opinions.
b. Read the list of facts and opinions about graffiti and street art.
Have you found any new ideas to add to yours?
 In 1980, galleries began to showcase graffiti as artwork.

 In the US, the annual cost of monitoring, detecting,
removing, and repairing graffiti damage is as high as $15 to $18
billion nationally. This money can be spent on better purposes
that would benefit the community.
 Many artists use their artwork to make declarations about
their beliefs. Graffiti is no different, it just takes up a yard or a
train instead of a canvas.
 Works by Banksy have been sold for over £100,000.
Graffiti is now sometimes big business.
 Graffiti creates a general impression that crime is more
widespread than it actually is.
 While there is value in some graffiti as art, the majority of
what is scrawled or sprayed onto walls isn’t the next Banksy’s piece.
 Nowadays, it has the status of “street art” and you get
graffiti in places where you wouldn’t expect to – in adverti-
42
sements, on clothes, on toys, and even on the Wall Street
Journal’s official website!
5
 I have a message for the graffiti vandals out there. Your
freedom of expression ends where my property begins.
 A 19-year-old American tourist said “I wanted to leave my
mark in Japan” when he was arrested in Tokyo for spray painting
his nickname.
c. Hold a mini-debate “Artists or Vandals”? Which group has more

arguments?
4. a. Work in 3 groups. Prepare a list of 5–7 questions to create the

‘artistic’ portrait of your class. Group A: general attitude to art; Group
B: doing art; Group C: viewing art.
b. Answer the questions for yourself.
c. Walk around the class and interview your classmates.
d. Work in 3 original groups. Discuss the information you have

collected.
e. Report to the class what you have found out.
LESSON 12. Progress check
Communicative area: testing your reading, listening and

speaking skills
I. READING
1. Read the article and say in 2–3 sentences what it is about.
In 2017, the Metropolitan Art Museum in New York staged

an exhibition to mark the 100th anniversary of Irving Penn’s
birthday and pay homage to one of the greatest 20th century
photographers who had broken down the border between
43
commercial and fine-art photography. According to the editor-
in-chief of Vogue for which Penn worked for more than 60 years,
he “changed the way people saw the world and our perception of
what is beautiful”.
Originally, Irving Penn hoped
to become a painter and in the
mid-1930s studied painting and
graphic design. In 1943, he started
working for Vogue in New York and
was responsible for making each
month’s cover. He wasn’t satisfied
with the photographers and soon
began to shoot himself. His first
image was a still life of a handbag,
a pair of gloves, a scarf, oranges
and lemons. It was the first cover
Irving Penn which did not feature a model.
All in all, Penn created 163 Vogue
covers, more than any other photographer in history. Many of
them are well-known and recognisable to a broad audience and
appeal not only to photograph-lovers and fashion-lovers but to
collectors of contemporary art as well. For Penn, less was always
more in fashion photography. The use of minimalist setting
which allowed him to focus on form, shape, detail, line, and light
helped him to revolutionise the genre.
Penn is also famous for creating
“corner portraits” of a large number
of cultural giants of his era, including
Truman Capote, Salvador Dali and
Igor Stravinski. To reveal unfamiliar
elements of their personalities to the
camera, the photographer put a sitter
into tight space between two grey stage-
walls that met in a sharply angled “V”. Salvador Dali
In the 1950s, Penn adopted another
memorable style for capturing celebrities: shooting their faces
close-up so that they would fill the whole frame. One of the most
famous of them is that of Pablo Picasso. The Spaniard’s wide-
44
open left eye seems almost to float between his upturned collar
and his hat.
5
Penn’s portraits are clearly thought out and planned, and
at the same time they are simple. Though he did much of his
fashion, beauty and still life work in colour most of his portraits
are black and white.
In the 1960s, Penn began taking still-life shots of flowers.
He created a whole book of floral studies – Flowers, published
in 1980 – and was still shooting the same subject at the start of
this millennium. He said he was drawn to flowers “considerably
after they’ve passed the point of perfection”.
In 1971, Penn learnt that his teacher (known to be a heavy
smoker) had died of cancer. This made him start a new project
Cigarettes – cigarette butts photographed in close-up against a
simple background. Critics see them as a symbolic representation
of contemporary culture. The series was first exhibited in New
York’s MoMA.
Penn was a keen traveller and visited numerous countries
worldwide photographing the people of Peru, Benin, Morocco,
Nepal and New Guinea, just to name a few. He perfected the
way of printing his images and ended up with photographs
that looked almost like watercolours. The artist experimented
with and mastered all manner of styles, techniques and subject
matter. He designed some of his own equipment to gain greater
control over light on his subjects. Penn continued his work even
in his final years and died at the age of 92.
2. Find and read aloud the extract which describes the unexpected
subject for photographs and reasons why the photographer turned
to it.
3. Why is Penn considered one of the greatest photographers?
4. What is characteristic of the portraits created by Penn?
II. LISTENING
1. Listen to the journalist speaking about her visit to the

museum and answer the questions below.
45
1. According to the speaker,
what changed the status of the
Mona Lisa?
2. Why did the journalist
decide to spend the whole day in
the room with the masterpiece?
3. To what conclusion did
the journalist come after her
experiment?
III. SPEAKING
1. Do you think you are an art enthusiast? Why (not)?
2. If you could have any masterpiece in your house, what
would you choose?
3. A friend of yours has been to an exhibition. What
questions would you ask her / him about it?
4. A foreign tourist wants to get some idea of our archi-
tectural heritage. What would you advise the person to do and
to see?
5. Some people say that the artist is the creator of beautiful
things. What do you think of it?
Page 5–7. Keys to the quiz in ex. 2a Lesson 1 Unit 5

1b 2b 3a 4b 5a 6c 7d 8d 9b 10b 11b 12c 13a 14a 15d
46
6
UNIT 6
SCIENCE
LESSON 1. A career in a science?
Communicative area: discussing scientific careers

Active vocabulary: matter, to apply, variety, discipline,
field, branch, object, level, research, related
Active grammar: word formation (suffixes -ist, -(ic)al)
1. a. Work in teams. You have 10 minutes to do the quiz on science below.

1. What is the biggest planet in our solar system?
2. What is the chemical symbol for the element oxygen?
3. What is another name for a tidal wave?
4. True or false? DNA is the shortened
form of the term “Deoxyribonucleic acid”?
5. What is the highest mountain on
our planet?
6. True or false? Frogs are cold-
blooded animals.
7. The fear of what animal is known
as arachnophobia?
8. The molten rock that comes from
a volcano after it has erupted is known
as what?
9. How many bones do sharks have
in their bodies?
10. What famous scientist was awarded the 1921 Nobel Prize
in Physics for his work on theoretical physics?
47
b. Listen to the correct answers. What is your score?
2. a. Listen to the names of sciences. Match the names with

the stress patterns.
physics, zoology, archaeology, geology, geography,

astronomy, seismology, chemistry, biology, psychology, anatomy,
computer science, mathematics, genetics, marine biology,
meteorology
b. Decide which of the sciences (ex. 2a) each question from ex. 1a
refers to. Discuss your ideas with a classmate. Report the results to
the group.
3. a. Match the names of the scientists below with some of the

names of sciences in ex. 2a.
Zoologist, mathematician, geologist, marine biologist,
chemist, physicist, biologist, meteorologist, psychologist,
archaeologist, astronomer, geneticist, computer scientist.
b. Make the names of scientists from the rest of the sciences.

Does the word stress change when you add a suffix?
c. Make adjectives from the names of sciences. Match some of

them with the following nouns to make collocations:
1. garden; 6. parent, clock;
2. code, defect; 7. world, appearance;
3. calculations, formula; 8. state, problem;
4. prices, numbers; 9. site.
5. waste, industry;
d. If you were to become a scientist, which scientific career would
you choose and why?
4. a. Look through the description of a scientific career. What career

do you think it is?
(1. …) study life in all its different forms, researching
important processes and how organisms relate to their
48
environment. There are many specialist jobs in the field of
(2. …), including microbiologists, physiologists, geneticists,
6
zoologists and ecologists. Important subjects related to (3. …)
include physics, chemistry, algebra, calculus, statistics and
English. It is important for (4. …) to have good communication
skills as well as being curious, patient and self-disciplined. Some
(5. …) work with objects and processes which are observable with
the naked eye (macroscopic) while others work with objects and
processes that are very small (microscopic) and can only be seen
with the help of microscopes. Research and development is a
common area for (6. …) to work in, with a PhD generally needed
to lead independent research. Some (7. …) use their research
to make new products such as biofuels and drugs, this type
of applied research includes aspects of business. Other (8. …)
work in laboratories, while others such as botanists (who study
plants) do their research in the field. Marine (9. …) can spend
time underwater and on research ships but also work hard in
laboratories and offices running tests and experiments while
compiling their findings. Some (10. …) work with DNA, isolating
specific genes and determining their function.
b. Do you think you are suitable for this career? Do you know anyone
who is?
5. a. Read the description of another scientific career. Fill in the

missing words. Compare with your partner.
Astronomers study (1. …) found in space such as planets,

moons, stars, solar systems and galaxies. Astronomy is one of
the oldest (2. …) of science. Becoming an astronomer usually
requires a high (3. …) of education such as a PhD in Physics.
Strong math (4. …) are important. Astronomers usually work
for Universities or (5. …) institutes. While there aren’t a
large (6. …) of professional astronomers, there are quite a
few amateur astronomers who often share their findings and
assist professionals. Professional astronomers only spend a
small (7. …) of time with telescopes; most of their time is spent
analysing images and (8. …). Some work with data observed by
other people. Astrophysics is a (9. …) of astronomy that focuses
on the physics of the Universe.
49
b. Listen and check your guesses.
c. Which of the words you have filled in means…
1. a thing that can be seen or felt, but not usually a living

animal, plant or person; 2. a part of something larger; 3. a
collection or mass (esp. of something that cannot be counted);
4. an amount or total, several; 5. a detailed study of a subject, in
order to discover new information or reach a new understanding;
6. an area of activity or interest; 7. a special ability to do
something; 8. information (facts, numbers) collected for
examination and consideration and used to help decision-
making; 9. a standard?
6. a. Read about one more scientific career. Do you think this job
will be in demand in your country?
Geologists are scientists who study the matter that makes

up the Earth. They also study the Earth’s history and the
processes that have formed it. Geologists apply chemistry,
biology, physics and other sciences to their work in the field
and research in laboratories. Other important subjects related to
geology include mathematics and computer science. Higher level
courses also deal with mineralogy, hydrogeology, palaeontology,
physical geology, etc. Geographic information systems (GIS) and
mapping skills are also important to geologists. Geologists are
usually logical thinkers, good problem solvers and enjoy working
outdoors. Those who choose geology as a career may work for
private firms, non-profit organisations, academic institutions
or governments. There’s a large variety of disciplines geologists
may specialise in including marine geology, volcanology,
petrology, geochemistry, geophysics, etc. Geologists may
study rocks, magnetic principles, groundwater, the ocean
floor, fossils, oil exploration, volcanoes and more.
b. Work with a partner to explain the meaning of the words in bold.
c. What countries of the world need a large number of geologists?

Why?
50
7. a. Answer the questions about the career of a meteorologist.
Compare your answers with a partner.
6
1. What does meteorology study? 2. What is it especially
useful for? 3. What important subjects are related to
meteorology? 4. What skills should meteorologists have?
5. What qualifications? 6. What fields could you work in as
a meteorologist? 7. What branches of industry use the data
provided by meteorologists?
b. Listen and check yourselves.
c. Do you think meteorology is a good career?
LESSON 2. Scientists are only human
Communicative area: talking about science and

scientists; inferring meaning from context; retelling
Active vocabulary: deadline, curiosity, plagiarism,
colleague
Revision grammar: Past tenses
1. a. Match the beginnings and the endings of the jokes on sciences.
1. How many astronomers a) Because the weather didn’t

does it take to change a agree with him.
light bulb? b) None. It’s a hardware
2. Why is electricity so problem.
dangerous? c) None, astronomers aren’t
3. Why did the meteorologist scared of the dark.
move to another country? d) something has definitely
4. If an experiment works, gone wrong.
5. How many programmers e) Because it doesn’t know how
does it take to change a to conduct itself properly.
light bulb?
b. Listen and check. What sciences are the jokes related to?
Do you think scientists have a good sense of humour?
51
2. a. Read the jokes A–D and put the verbs in brackets in the correct
past form.
A. One student in Ernest Rutherford’s lab was very hard-

working. Rutherford (1. notice) this and (2. ask) one evening:
– Do you work in the mornings too?
– Yes, – proudly answered the student sure he would be
praised.
– But when do you think? – asked Rutherford in amazement.
B. One day while Thomas Edison and Henry Ford (3. visit)
Luther Burbank, he (4. ask) them to register in his guest book.
The book (5. have) columns for signature, home address,
occupation and a final one entitled “Interested in”. Mr Edison
(6. sign) in a few quick but unhurried motions … In the final
column Edison, famous for his natural curiosity, (7. write)
without a moment’s hesitation1: “Everything”.
C. When William Gladstone (8. meet) Michael Faraday, he
(9. ask) him whether his work on electricity would be of any use.
“Yes, sir”, (10. say) Faraday, “One day you will tax2 it”.
D. In the Institute of Physics and Technology in Kharkov
where Landau (11. work) for some time, there was one vain and
mediocre3 but prolific4 physicist who (12. make) his research
mostly by the method of plagiarism. One day he (13. receive)
a telegram which (14. say) that he (15. be nominated) for the
Nobel Prize, and therefore he should prepare all his papers in
the typewritten form in two copies (by the way, it was before the
computers) and submit them to the head of Theoretical Physics
Department (which Landau was) with deadline of 1 April. The
poor man (16. lose) his head and (17. not/pay) attention to the
date. He (18. begin) to feel very important and (19. stop) saying
“hello” to his colleagues. He (20. accomplish) the great task of
typing the papers in time and (21. lay) it on Landau’s desk only
to be met with the question: “Did you really believe that a Nobel
Prize could be given for this trash?”
1 hesitation – сомнение / сумненне

2 tax – налог; облагать налогом / падатак; абкладаць падаткам
3 mediocre – посредственный / пасрэдны
4 prolific – плодовитый / пладавiты
52
b. Listen and check yourselves. Which joke do you like best? 6
c. Match the forms of the verbs in brackets with the names of tenses:
Past Simple, Past Perfect, Past Continuous, Past Perfect
Continuous.
d. Explain the use of the past tenses. Which of them are used to
speak about…
1. an action that happened before another action; 2. an action

in progress (may be interrupted by another (short) action); 3. an
action in progress up to a certain moment; 4. a succession of
actions; 5. a habitual action.
3. a. Answer the following questions.

1. Who believed that a scientist should not only work hard
but have enough time to think? 2. Who liked to play practical
jokes on his colleagues? 3. Whose discovery became very useful
in all spheres of life? 4. Who was keen on learning about people
and things around him?
b. Match the words in bold in ex. 2a with the definitions below:
a) a group of people who work together, synonym for

“co-workers”;
b) an eager desire to know or learn about something;
c) time or day by which something must be done;
d) using another person's idea or part of their work and
pretending that it is your own.
c. Complete the questions below with the words in bold.

1. Do you think it is better for a scientist to work on his
own or with …? 2. Is natural … a sign of a future scientist?
Do you possess this quality? 3. Do you think it is easy or difficult
53
for a scientist to work to a …? 4. What is your attitude to … in
science and in studying?
d. Work in pairs. Answer the questions above.
4. Can you explain the title of the lesson? Do you think there is
a place for humour in the world of science? Why (not)?
LESSON 3. I can see through you
Communicative area: talking about science, humour and

ethics
Active vocabulary: X-rays, rays, experiment, fortune,
fame, publicity, to patent, lead, (in)visible, to donate,
available
Active grammar: no sooner… than; hardly / scarcely …
when
Revision grammar: Past tenses
1. a. Guess what these rays are called:
 they are similar to visible light

 they are invisible
 they are electromagnetic waves
 they create pictures of your body
b. What do you know about this invention? How is it used?
2. a. Read the invention story. Ignore the verb forms in brackets.

What is the connection of the lesson title and the story of Wilhelm
Roentgen?
Wilhelm Roentgen – the man who (1. discover) X-rays –

(2. be) originally very sceptical about them.
One day in 1895, he (3. prepare) to begin an experiment
with cathode rays passing through a vacuum tube. In his dark
54
laboratory, he (4. notice) some light on the screen across the
room. He (5. start) placing various objects between the screen
6
and the tube: a sheet of black cardboard, a thick book, then –
a thick wooden shelf. The light (6. be) still visible.
He (7. experiment) with these objects for some time, when he
(8. decide) to put a small lead  disk between the tube and the
screen. After (9. do) that, he (10. see) a horrible shadow on the
screen: the skeletal outline of the bones of his hand.
The scientist (11. be) late for his dinner that day. Hardly
had Roentgen finished his food, when he returned to the lab
to continue his experiments. Eventually, he (12. find) the
courage to tell his wife what he (13. see). No sooner had he done
that, than he asked her for help in a follow-up experiment. He
(14. replace) the screen with photographic paper and (15. take)
the world’s first X-ray. It (16. be) an image of the bones and a
ring on his wife’s left hand.
The importance of the discovery (17. become) clear to the
world very soon. However, Roentgen (18. be) a very shy person
and (19. not/like) publicity, so he (20. refuse) to make public
speeches about X-rays.
He (21. keep away) from fortune as well as fame. He never
(22. patent) X-rays as he (23. think) they should be freely
available to other researchers and medical workers. After
(24. receive) the Nobel Prize in 1901, he (25. donate) the money
to a scientific society.
By the time he (26. die) in 1923, the economic conditions
after World War I and his unwillingness to make money from
his discovery (27. leave) him penniless.
b. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct past tenses. Then

listen and check.
c. Answer the questions:
1. Why did he place various objects between the tube and the
screen? 2. Why was he late for dinner one day in 1895? 3. Why
did he refuse to make public speeches? 4. Why didn’t he keep
the Nobel Prize money? 5. Why was he left penniless at the end
of his life? 6. What do you think about Wilhelm Roentgen and
his discovery?
55
3. a. Read the sentences in bold in ex. 2a. Choose the right options
in the sentences:
1. The second action happens (immediately after / just before)
the first one. 2. “No sooner” and “Hardly / Scarcely / Barely”
are used with the “earlier / later” action. 3. “Than” and “when”
are used with the (earlier / later) action. 4. “Hardly / Barely /
Scarcely” have (positive / negative) meanings. 5. “Hardly /
Barely / Scarcely” and (No sooner) are used at the (beginning /
end) of the sentence. 6. The word order is inverted: it is the same
as that of a (statement / question).
b. Combine two simple sentences into complex sentences using

“Hardly / Scarcely …. when…” and “No sooner … than…” and correct
past tenses.
Example: He donated all his money to charity. She divorced
him. No sooner had he donated all his money to charity than she
divorced him.
1. He donated all his money to charity. She divorced him.
2. The first rays of the sun lit the room. He opened his eyes.
3. The fairy touched him with her magic wand. He became
invisible. 4. The visible signs of the illness disappeared.
She returned to work. 5. He contacted the doctor. He was
recommended to get an X-ray. 6. They finished the experiment.
The medicine was made available to the public. 7. Edison
patented one invention. He started working on a new one. 8. They
learnt about lead poisoning cases. Lead paints were banned.
9. She lost her fortune. She had to say goodbye to her fame.
c. Make true sentences about yourselves. Use the sentence skeletons

below.
Hardly had I …. when … No sooner had … than …
Scarcely … when …
4. a. Complete the questions with the new vocabulary items.
1. How often do you get an X…? 2. What do you know about
l…? Where can it be found? 3. Have you ever made a scientific
e…? 4. Is it important to p… your inventions? Why? 5. If the
moment of the scientific discovery is just the top of the iceberg –
the small v… part of scientists’ work, what is the i… part of
56
their work? 6. Should all scientific discoveries be freely a… to
the public? 7. If you received the Nobel Prize for your scientific
6
discovery, would you keep your money or would you d… it? If
you kept it, what would you do with it? If you donated it, who
would you donate it to? 8. Which would you prefer: f… or f…?
9. Do you agree that there is no such thing as bad p…?
b. Ask and answer the questions above in pairs. Report to the class.
LESSON 4. Science in Belarus:

yesterday, today, tomorrow
Communicative area: reading, listening and speaking

about science in Belarus
Active vocabulary: to think outside the box, scientific
paper, prospect, perspective, to make a contribution
1. What is your attitude to school science subjects? Are they

important?
2. a. Have you ever seen this diagram before? What do you think it
represents? What do you know about this discovery?
H He
Li Be B C N O F Ne
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu
Rb Sr Y Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Cs Ba La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm
Fr Ra Ac Yb Lu Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi
Po At Rn Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm
Md No Lr Rf Ha Sg Ns Hs Mt 110 111 112
b. Listen to the facts relating to the diagram. What do the

numbers stand for?
1869, 150, 700, 1935, 10, 1951.
57
c. Match the shapes in the pictures with their names
a) spiral; b) cone; c) cylinder; d) triangle.
1 2 3 4
d. In what context were the following words mentioned?
Dream, elements, defects, properties.
e. Explain the meaning of the phrases in bold:
One of those who were thinking outside

the box was Emil Zmaczynski – a professor
of chemistry of the Belarusian State
University. In 1935, he published a scientific
paper in English in which he explained why
he had arranged the chemical elements in the
form of a triangle.
f. Choose the definition for the metaphor “to think outside the box”.
a) to think outside, in the open air, but not in a small and

stuffy room;
b) to think freely, without limitations and restrictions;
c) to think differently, unconventionally, from a new
perspective.
3. Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions.
1. How important is it for a scientist to think outside the box?

2. Do you like writing scientific papers?
4. Do the quiz on science in Belarus. Check your answers on page 83.
1) The National Academy of Sciences was founded in…

a) 1829; b) 1929; c) 1989.
58
2) There are about … scientists and engineers involved in
applied and fundamental research.
6
a) 2600; b) 26000; c) 260000.
3) … of the scientists have a postgraduate degree, with over
600 Doctors of Sciences (= Prof.) and more than 2800 Candidates
of sciences (= Ph.D.).
a) 2%; b) 20%; c) 92%.
4) Young people over 29 make … of the researchers.
a) half; b) a third; c) a quarter.
5) Agreements on cooperation in the field of science and
technology have been signed with a) 6, b) 60; c) 600 countries,
including Great Britain, Germany, China, Russia, the USA and
Japan.
6) The National Academy of Sciences has achieved significant
success in the field of…
a) mathematics and physics; b) chemistry, biology and Earth
science; c) social sciences and the humanities; d) all of the above.
7) Belarusian … are famous for winning medals at science
Olympiads and contests.
a) professors; b) graduates; c) students.
8) a) Americans; b) Russians; c) Belarusians have been
recently dominating in international programming competitions
and championships.
5. a. Discuss with a partner:
1. What spheres of Belarusian science are likely to progress

in the future?
2. What science careers will be in demand?
3. What are the prospects of scientific development in
Belarus?
4. From an international perspective, can Belarusian science
make an important contribution to the progress of the humanity?
Prospect ≠ perspective
Prospect – a possibility of something to be a success in the future.
Perspective – a way of thinking about something, a viewpoint.
59
b. Read about the future of science and technology in Belarus. Does
the article answer the questions in ex. 5a?
R&D in RB
What do you think this article is about? You shouldn’t
confuse the abbreviation in the title with a music style. It has
nothing to do with R&B – rhythm and blues, which is popular
African-American music. It is research and development or
RTD – research and technological development: future-oriented,
long-term activities in science and technology which are an
important factor in the survival of a country’s economy.
What do scientists all over the world are focusing on now?
How are they investing in the future? The spheres of their
attention are:
 the artificial growing of human organs;
 artificial cells with a special collection of genes;
 the creation of nanomedications with programmed qualities;
 the creation of microrobots able to carry out manipulations
in human organs;
 the creation of an artificial intelligence that can surpass
the human brain;
 the creation of thought-controlled or sensor-controlled
electronic machines;
 the development of smart city technologies, etc.
The head of the National Academy of Sciences thinks that
Belarusian science is up-to-date with the modern trends.
Belarusian biologists and doctors are actively working with the
DNA and have already learnt how to edit the human genome.
Some time ago, the National Centre for genome biotechnologies
started working in the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus.
Physicists and information science specialists are working to
develop the AI. They have already trained machines how to talk,
read, communicate, and fulfil commands.
Work is continuing in the space industry as well. Belarus is
working on the creation of a new satellite for the remote sensing
of the Earth with a very high resolution – 0.35 metres. It is the
world’s best achievement today.
Every year hundreds of patents are registered. Belarusian
science and technology are becoming very competitive in the
60
world market. Plasma and laser technologies, biotechnologies
and information processes, chemical synthesis of substances are
6
the areas with a high scientific and technological potential. The
achievements of scientific schools that are known worldwide
and have been recognised internationally lie mainly in the
sphere of mathematics, theoretical physics, spectroscopy and
luminescence, electronics, automation, thermophysics, machine
building, geology, bioorganic chemistry, physiology, genetics,
selection, soil science, cardiology, surgery, linguistics and other
sciences. The results of some researchers have become scientific
discoveries.
c. How can you rate the future of Belarusian science and technology?
LESSON 5. Physics rules!
Communicative area: talking about famous physicists,

reading about a famous scientist from Belarus, writing
an article
Active vocabulary: fellow (countryman), to be an
inspiration; word formation (prefixes semi-, homo-;
hetero-)
Revision grammar: Conditional 0
1. a. What science does the sentence illustrate? If you heat ice,

it melts.
b. Complete the following statements based on the laws and rules

of physics.
If you freeze water, it turns into …

If you heat water to 100, it …
If you drop …
c. What do the sentences above have in common from the point

of view of grammar? Which Conditional do they illustrate? Which
word could be used in the sentences: “now”, “then”, or “always”?
61
2. a. Complete the “law” with the words in the box.
Stockholm to receive the Nobel Prize; men; God; jail;

physics; hell
If you transgress the laws of …, you go to … .
transgress (v.), progress (v., n.), regress (v., n.), congress (n.).
From gredi (Latin) – to step; pro – forward; trans – beyond;
re – back; con – together.
Do you know the names of scientists who transgressed the laws of

physics?
b. Look through the list of famous physicists. Can you add more
names to the list? Where do you think the physicists were born?
What were they famous for? What countries did they work in? Did
they receive the Nobel Prize?
Albert Einstein, Marie Curie, Enrico Fermi, Ernest Rutherford
c. Listen to the facts about the physicists. Copy the table

into your notebook and complete it with the information you will hear.
Name of the Country Country Field of Nobel

physicist of birth of work physics Prize
... ... ... ... ...
3. a. Read the task and the article a student wrote for the school
website about a famous physicist and Nobel Laureate born in Belarus.
Add the facts about the scientist to the table in ex. 2.
homo- (Greek) – same; E.g. homostructure, homophone,

homonym, homogenous;
hetero- (Greek) – opposite, different; E.g. heterostructure;
semi- (Latin) – half; E.g. semiconductor, semiformal style,
semi-finals, a semi-detached house
62
A Russian Nobel Prize winner from Belarus
with a French name
6
A. Have you ever heard this joke: “If you want to receive
the Nobel Prize, never use the doorbell, just knock”? This
is as close as I can get to receiving
the Nobel Prize now. What about
you? Yet, more than 600 scientists
have already been awarded the prize
between 1901 and 2020, including 215
physicists. Among them is my fellow
countryman, a scientist born and bred
in Belarus – Zhores Alferov.
B. He was originally from
Vitebsk – the world-famous painter
Mark Chagall’s hometown and the
workplace of Kazimir Malevich – the
creator of the iconic Black Square.
However, his passion was not art
but science. His father – a dockworker – and his mother –
a librarian – named him after a French socialist leader Jean
Jaurès and his brother – after Karl Marx. Marx perished in
World War II at the age of 20 and Zhores lived to be 88 and to
receive the 2000 physics Nobel Prize. Understandably enough,
he remembered his brother at the Nobel Prize ceremony in
Stockholm.
C. Obviously, you are wondering what he did to be awarded
the prize. Let me ask you first if you are familiar with LED
screens, optically read disks and fibre-optic technology behind
cellphones. All that has been made possible thanks to the
discoveries made by Zhores Alferov and Herbert Kroemer who
shared the prize with him. Both scientists worked independently
in the USSR and the USA, and pioneered the development of
the so-called heterosctucture1 semiconductor2. The existing
1 heterostrcuture – вещество со сложной (неоднородной) струк-

турой, состоящее из разных материалов / рэчыва са складанай (не-
аднароднай) структурай, якое складаецца з розных матэрыялаў
2 semiconductor – полупроводник / паўправаднiк
63
semiconductors had been using a
homostructure 1 – silicon, but Alferov
discovered that a “sandwich” of different
materials (heterostructure) could become
a breakthrough. Hardly had he made this
discovery, when he presented it to his fellow
physicists in Saint Petersburg, where he was
working at that time. The presentation of
his results “produced the impression of an
exploded bomb”, as he said in the acceptance speech in Sweden.
He added that physics had brought both benefits and disasters
to the humanity in the 20th century. “Knowledge is power,
but power must be based on knowledge”.
When asked in an interview if he had lived
a happy life, he replied “I am very happy
that I started the research early and got
significant results. Yes, I’m a happy
person”.
D. Zhores Alferov is an inspiration
for me as I am keen on physics and my
ambition is to go to Stockholm one day and
become as happy as he was in 2000 after
receiving the Nobel Prize. Do you believe
I can do it? Do you believe you can?
b. Explain the title of the article and the joke about the door bell.
c. Write an article for your school website about a famous

scientist from your country that inspired you. Give details about his
life and achievements. Why is this person an inspiration for you? Use
between 140–190 words.
4. a. Which of the tips below did the student use for writing the
article? Do you think the student will get a high mark?
1
homostructure – вещество с однородной структурой, состоящее
из одного материала / рэчыва з аднароднай структурай, якое
складаецца з аднаго матэрыялу
64
6
 Use a catchy title to attract the reader’s attention.
 Make the beginning interesting for the reader.
 Involve the reader by asking direct questions.
 Use semi-formal or informal style.
 Make a personal comment.
 Use adverbs to express your attitude.
 Use a variety of adjectives.
 Use a variety of linkers.
 Leave the reader with something to think about at the
end of the article.
b. What did he do wrong? What can you do to solve the problem?
c. Match the paragraphs of the article with the headings.
1. Conclusion, closing paragraph (personal comment,

invitation for feedback): why he inspired you;
2. Introduction (presents the topic in a general way, makes
clear who the article is about): who inspired you;
3. Body paragraph: details about his achievements;
4. Body paragraph: details about his life.
d. Is the article formal, semiformal or informal? Justify your choice.
5. a. Find the examples of the following in the article:
1. Conditional 0
2. No sooner … than / Hardly … . When
3. Narrative tenses
b. Find a word / phrase in the article which means “a person from

your country, compatriot”.
c. In this context, does the word “fellow” mean:
1. someone who is a man;

2. someone who has the same job or interests as you, or is in
the same situation as you;
65
3. someone, who is a member of some important
organisation?
Explain the meaning of the following: fellow student, fellow
traveller, fellow soldier, fellow worker, fellow player.
6. a. Work in small groups. Explain the title of the lesson.
b. Answer the questions:

1. What is your attitude to physics?
2. Are you good at physics?
3. What is the place of physics in today’s world?
4. How important is it to understand physics?
7. Do the writing task in ex. 3a.
 Research the topic. Choose the scientist you would like

to write about.
 Find information about the scientist.
 Make an outline.
 Plan your language.
 Follow the tips for writing an article in ex. 4.
 Check your article for mistakes.
LESSON 6. What does the future hold?
Communicative area: speaking about the future of

science
Active vocabulary: cyborg, cybernetic, AI (artificial
intelligence), to function, efficient(ly), to contribute, to
facilitate, to generate, pioneering
Active grammar: Future Continuous
1. Work in pairs. Recall how people were communicating, travelling,

entertaining themselves 2000 years ago. How are we doing all of
that now? How do you think we will be doing all that in the future?
66
2. a. Look at the time line. Name the tenses of the verb forms 6
in bold.
In 100 AD people Now we are In 2100 people will be

were using pigeons using phones using telepathy
to communicate. to communicate. to communicate.
b. Complete the formula of the Future Continuous Tense below.

Go to page 208/224 for more information.
will / won’t + … + doing
3. a. Complete the predictions about the future. Use the Future

Continuous Tense and the word “not” if necessary.
Pull up – to get information, for example, on a computer

screen.
In thirty-years’ time…
… drones (make) deliveries and (put
out) fires.
… hyperloop – a high speed system –
(transport) people between cities.
… machines (think) like people.
… astronauts (travel) regularly to Mars.
… people (get) cybernetic implants instead of lost parts of
the body or just to make them stronger and (turn into) half-
machines, half-humans (like cyborgs – biorobots or androids).
… people (use) advanced clothing (like exoskeletons) to get
new skills (strength, etc.).
… teachers (use) virtual reality to teach such subjects as
History or Geography.
… people (use) pull-up screens in their bracelets or jewellery
instead of smartphones.
67
… people (travel) only in self-driving cars.
… 3D printers (construct) houses.
… robots (help) people around the house.
… people (connect) their brains to computers to live in a
simulated world (like Matrix).
… AI (control) our homes.
… people (live) in high-rise buildings functioning like
minicities.
… people (use) fossil fuels, replacing them with solar, wind
and nuclear energy.
… wealthy people (travel) in the role of space tourists.
… people (eat) insects to get proteins.
… people (grow) children at ‘baby farms’ outside human bodies.
… people (create) younger versions of themselves.
… humans (communicate) with animals and plants.
b. Compare your predictions with your partner. Do you agree with

them? Why (not)?
4. a. Read about the future of science and technology. Decide if all

the prospects sound positive.
1. It’s a small world we live in. You can get anywhere on
Earth in the matter of hours. Air travel has grown so rapidly that
millions of travellers make the task of controlling borders really
challenging. Pioneering a new technology will be facilitating ID
control at the borders.
2. We’re living in a consumer society where fashion dictates the
growth of the textile industry, which, in its turn, uses too much
water and energy and generates too much waste. EU scientists are
working on a project that will be reducing this ecological impact by
using textile waste to develop new materials in the future.
3. Young European scientists are researching the role of the
brain in shaping our impressions of art. As a result, doctors will
be treating such medical conditions as Parkinson’s and other
personality disorders. New medical-imaging technologies will
be contributing to the development of even more advanced
life-saving imaging systems. They have already revolutionised
healthcare and doctors will be diagnosing diseases even faster
and better in the future.
68
4. With all our smartphones and apps, we’re now making
our personal information available. Thanks to a new project,
6
we’ll be monitoring and controlling our privacy online. We
are generating huge amounts of data faster than computers
can handle. Scientists are working on solutions that can help
optimise storage and analysis of the data. Researchers will be
using big data more efficiently to help people.
b. Find examples of the Future Continuous tense in ex. 4a.
c. What do the abbreviations stand for: EU, ID, AI?
d. Answer the questions:

1. What will people be doing more efficiently in the future?
2. What will new pioneering technologies be facilitating in
the future?
3. What will the new imaging technologies be contributing to?
5. a. Complete the questions with the correct forms of the words in

bold. Two of them should be used twice.
1. What did Zhores Alferov’s work … to? 2. What helps our

bodies … normally? 3. Do you know anyone personally who can’t
… without a coffee? 4. In what films can you see examples of
mutant …? 5. If you were to get a … implant, what part of your
body would you like to improve? 6. What are the uses of … today?
7. Do you use your smartphone and computer to … language
learning? 8. Do you think we are using the planet’s resources …?
9. Who played a … role in the development of physics? 10. Are
wind turbines used to … energy where you live? 11. Do you think
competitive activities … stress in the classroom? 12. Are you
good at … ideas?
b. Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in ex. 5a.
6. a. Paint your own picture of the future. How will people be living?
What will they be doing?
b. Share your vision with your classmates. Is your picture of the

future bright or grim?
69
LESSON 7. Scientific and technological
progress – pro and contra
Communicative area: listening for gist and detail

Grammar revision: Conditional I, Unreal Conditionals
1. a. Read the quotations on the role of science and technology. Put

them into three groups: positive, negative, neutral.
The characteristic of scientific progress is our knowing that we did

not know.
Gaston Bachelard
The saddest aspect of life right now is that science gathers

knowledge faster than society gathers wisdom.
Isaac Asimov
I’m not sure what solutions we’ll find to deal with all our
environmental problems, but I’m sure of this: they will be products
of technology.
George M. Keller
The science of today is the technology of tomorrow.

Edward Teller
Technology feeds on itself. Technology makes more technology

possible.
Alvin Toffler
The machine does not isolate man from the great problems of
nature but plunges him more deeply into them.
Antoine De Saint-Exupery
Technology … brings you great gifts with one hand, and it stabs
you in the back with the other.
C.P. Snow
70
b. Which of the ideas in the quotations do you agree with? 6
2. a. Listen to the part of a radio programme on the role of
scientific and technological progress. Which of the quotations do
you think best illustrates what the participants of the programme
say?
b. Listen again. Student A: list the arguments in favour of

the scientific and technological progress, Student B: list the
arguments against it.
c. Work in two groups: A and B. Compare your lists of arguments.
3. a. Work in pairs – Students A and B. Share your arguments. Who

has got more of them? Make a conclusion on the role of the scientific
and technological progress.
b. Listen to the ending of the radio programme where the

host makes her conclusion. Is it the same as yours? Would you now
like to choose another quotation from ex. 1a to illustrate the programme?
4. What do you think about the role of science and technology

in our life? Work in pairs. Think of more pros and contras. Make notes
for a debate.
5. a. Explain the use of the verb forms in the sentence from the
programme.
If a mother is always warning her child about the dangers

of life, the child will never take risks or make new discoveries.
b. Make more sentences with “if” about the future using correct verb
forms. Use passives or negative forms if necessary.
1. People (grow) more materialistic if life (become) more

enjoyable.
2. If we (be) too careless now, we (lose) many things
irretrievably in the nearest future.
3. If science (boost) progress, it (help) us to overcome
problems we have today.
4. More water (get) poisoned if we (build) more factories.
5. We (achieve) significant results if we (take) risks.
71
6. If people (get) more money out of scientific discoveries,
more charity work (do).
7. If we (get) more new gadgets, we (have) to keep up-to-date
with them.
8. If crops (harvest) faster in poor countries, the
environment (deplete) faster, as well.
9. If people (choose) to work from home, they (miss out) on
personal contacts and socialising skills.
c. Work in pairs. Discuss if you agree or disagree with the statements

in ex. 5b.
6. a. Can you guess…
 what is the night side and

day side temperature on the
planet Mercury?
 whether you would have
your birthday on Mercury more If you lived on the planet
or less often than on our planet? Mercury, your birthday would
come around every … days.
b. Complete the scientific questions with the correct forms of

Conditional II, III or Mixed Conditional.
1. How the world (be) different now if nuclear weapons

(never/invent)?
2. If you (can) go back to the past, you (do) something
differently?
3. What you (do) if you (know) that the world was going to
be hit by a comet and destroyed in one week?
4. What you (do) if you (see) a UFO?
5. At the end of the 20th century, people in Britain voted
for the greatest inventor of the Millennium and chose Johannes
Gutenberg – the inventor of the printing press. If you (vote)
for the greatest inventor of the last Millennium, who you
(vote) for?
6. What would happen if …
 we all had two heads?
 if aliens landed on our planet?
72


the world was flat?
time travel was possible?
6
 animals could speak?
 everyone was telepathic?
Think about the pluses and minuses of each idea in Number 6.
c. Work in pairs or small groups. Ask and answer the questions.
7. a. In his book, “Fahrenheit 451”, Ray Bradbury made several

predictions about the future. Match them with the things we actually
use today.
a) “… And in her ears the little seashells, the thimble radios

tamped tight…”
b) “It’ll be even more fun when we can afford to have the
fourth wall installed. How long you figure before we save up and
get the fourth wall torn out and a wall-TV put in?”
c) “Tonight, this network is proud to have an opportunity
to follow the Hound by camera helicopter as it starts on its way
to the target…”
d) “Montag walked from the subway with the money in his
pocket (he had visited the bank, which was open all night every
night with robot tellers in attendance…”
b. Can you name any other predictions about the future made by
science fiction writers? If you were to write a science fiction book,
how would you present the future in it?
73
LESSON 8. QI
Communicative area: talking about science facts and

common misconceptions, listening for gist and for detail
Active vocabulary: misconception, obvious, to sense,
a sense, to detect; suffix -ish
1. a. What is the most famous story connected with Isaac Newton?

Do you think it’s true?
b. Listen to the comment on the fact above. What is your

opinion about it?
concept – misconception
2. a. What do you think QI means?
b. Listen to the creator and co-producer of a TV programme.

Check your predictions.
3. a. Work with a partner. Read the science facts below. Four of them
are our misconceptions. Decide which ones.
1. 60–65 million years ago, dolphins and humans shared a

common ancestor.
2. People thought that the world was flat before Columbus.
3. The average person accidentally eats 430 bugs each year
of their life.
4. Oysters can change between being female or male.
5. Mother birds will abandon babies if you touch them.
6. Giraffes can live longer without water than camels.
7. Different parts of your tongue detect different tastes.
8. Polar bears are nearly undetectable by infrared cameras,
due to their transparent fur.
9. Humans have five senses.
10. A dog’s sense of smell is 1,000 times stronger than a
human’s.
b. Compare your ideas with the whole class.
74
4. a. Listen to the extract from the QI programme and check 6
your ideas. Are the true facts surprising?
b. Read the definitions of some words from QI. Do you know their
equivalents in your language?
Umami – the so-called fifth taste, that comes from glutamic

acid, described by some as savoury and meaty, by others – as a
combination of sweet, sour, salty and bitter tastes, the Japanese
version of yummy.
Nociception – ability to sense pain.
Proprioception – what lets two parts of your body connect
without visual confirmation.
c. Match the words and their definitions:
1. to detect; 2. to sense; 3. obvious; 4. sense; 5. readyish.
a) almost prepared;
b) an ability to understand, recognise, value or react to
something, esp. any of the five commonly known physical abilities
to see, hear, smell, taste and feel;
c) to be aware of something or experience it without being
able to explain exactly how;
d) to notice something that is partly hidden or not clear; or to
discover something, especially using a special method;
e) clear; easy to see, recognise or understand.
d. Complete the excerpts from the programme with the words from
ex. 4c. Change the form of the word if necessary. One of the words
is used twice.
… Conversely, points are deducted from a panelist who gives
“answers which are not only wrong, but …” – typically answers
that are generally believed to be true but in fact are not…
… There were lots of … clues, like the way ships sailed over the
horizon and how the Earth cast a crescent shadow on the moon…
… Baby birds usually don’t leave the nest until they’re ready
(or at least …) to fly…
… You will feel it thanks to nociception, the ability to … pain…
75
… Lots of people think different parts of the tongue are
finetuned … different tastes…
… There are lots more, too, although the lists vary and the
final number-of-… record is in great dispute…
e. Listen again and check your answers to ex. 4c and d.
5. a. Complete the questions below with the new words from the
lesson.
1. Do you know any other common …? 2. What are our main
… organs? 3. Can you … danger? 4. What sounds cannot be … by
the human ear? 5. Do you like to read books with an … story line?
b. In pairs, ask and answer the questions.
6. a. Would you like to take part in the panel game like QI? Why
(not)?
b. In pairs, think of questions that could be asked in the game. Make

notes. Keep them secret.
LESSON 9. QI quiz show

1. Work in small groups. Prepare a quiz with statements similar to
those in ex. 3a.
Some of the statements are supposed to be true, some

others should be misconceptions. To find these misconceptions,
do some research on the Internet or in libraries. Also, prepare
comments on the misconceptions – be ready to explain to your
classmates what is wrong with these misconceptions.

1. Present the quiz to your class. Have a game show in the same
groups. Award points to other groups if they spot the misconceptions
and justify their opinions. Spot misconceptions in other groups’
quizzes. Find out who the winner is.
76
LESSON 10. Culture corner. 6
Isaac Newton on the way
from astronomy to astrology
Communicative area: reading for gist and for detail;

discussing Newton’s contribution into the development
of science
1. Which of the scientific achievements below belong(s) to Isaac

Newton?
Calculus, theory of universal gravitation, three laws of

mechanics, visible spectrum of light.
2. a. Read the facts about Isaac Newton and put them in two groups.
1. scientific achievements 2. interesting facts
A. During his college years, Isaac Newton was more interested

in the concepts of modern astronomers and thinkers such as
Kepler, Galileo and Copernicus than what was taught in the college
curriculum – the teaching based on Aristotle’s ideas.
B. After obtaining his degree, Newton spent two years studying

at home as a precaution against the Great Plague. During these
years, he began developing theories on the law of gravitation, optics
and calculus.
C. The story of a falling apple that inspired Newton’s theory of

gravitation is actually popularised by the famous author Voltaire.
D. Sir Isaac  Newton wrote more about religion and the
Bible than about astronomy, mathematics and physics. He studied
the Bible mainly to extract scientific information. In 1704, Newton
wrote a manuscript which contained different scientific notes based
on the Holy Bible. One of his most fascinating observations in the
manuscript was that the Earth will end in 2060.
77
E. One of the key mathematical achievements of Newton was the
development of infinitesimal ( – бесконечно малый;
стремящийся к нулю / бясконца малы; якi iмкнецца да нуля)
calculus. The calculus was also the centre point of an intellectual
battle between him and another mathematician Gottfried Leibniz
over who had been the first to develop the method. He accused
Leibniz of plagiarism and a report was issued by the Royal society to
prove this. The report concluded that Newton was the true inventor
of the calculus. Later, it was found that Newton himself wrote the
concluding comments. Most modern historians and scientists believe
that Leibniz did not plagiarise Newton’s works.
F. The Newtonian telescope, a type of reflective telescope was

developed by Newton in 1668. It was the first functional telescope
in the history of reflective telescopes. Today, this type of telescope
is quite popular among amateur astronomers.
G. At first, young Newton did not do very well at school. One day,
he was beaten by a school bully in his class. Enraged, he challenged
that boy in a fight and won. But young Newton was still not satisfied
with this, he wanted to teach him a lesson in the academic field, and
so he focused more on his studies. This was an important moment
in Newton’s life as it set the foundation for his future academic
success and historic discoveries.
H. In 1665, Sir Isaac Newton began working on a theory that

white light is a combination of different colours through his popular
“prism” experiment. He published his observations on the spectrum
of light in 1704.
I. Isaac Newton was known for his deep interest in Alchemy. He

wrote about 169 books dealing with this mysterious science. He also
experimented with various elements like lead  and mercury,
because he wanted to find the Philosopher’s Stone and the Elixir of
Life. During his experiments, he suffered from lead poisoning!
J. Newton was knighted by Queen Anne in Cambridge, which

earned him the title “Sir”. However, he was honoured knighthood not
for his scientific achievements but for his dedicated service for the
Mint (монетный двор / манетны двор) and for his political activities.
78
b. Compare your grouping with your classmate’s. Do you agree with
each other? Compare with the class.
6
3. a. Guess the meaning of the words in bold. Compare them with
similar words in your language.
b. Complete the questions below with the words in bold. You might
need to change the form of the words.
1. Who do you think are the greatest … of all time? 2. What
was one of Newton’s most fascinating …? 3. What was the main
… of ancient astronomy? 4. What … did Newton develop? 5. What
… Newton’s theory of gravitation? 6. What is still popular
among amateur astronomers? 7. Did Leibniz … Newton’s works?
8. What … did Isaac Newton experiment with? 9. Is Newton’s
famous “prism” … included into the school …? 10. What set … of
Newton’s future academic success?
c. Work in pairs. Answer the questions in ex. 3b. Report your answers
to the class.
4. a. Look at the picture. What do you

think it represents? ASTRONOMY ALCHEMY
ASTROLOGY
b. Listen to the lecture on Isaac
Newton. Was he interested in astrology?
c. Look through the three statements

below. Which of them do you think is true?
1. Isaac Newton was a devout Christian. 2. Isaac Newton was

a passionate alchemist. 3. Isaac Newton was an atheist.
d. Listen to the anecdote from Isaac Newton’s life. Check

your predictions. Choose the correct option.
5. Read the quotation from Isaac Newton:
To myself, I am only a child playing on the beach while vast

oceans of truth lie undiscovered before me.
Isaac Newton
Discuss the idea behind the quotation with your partner. What can
you say about Newton as a person from this quotation?
79
LESSON 11. Speaking club. Science –
a blessing or a curse?
Communicative area: holding a debate on the topic

of the lesson
1. a. Read the two definitions below. Which of them defines the word
“blessing”, which – “curse”?
a) something that makes e.g. life extremely unpleasant

b) something that is extremely lucky
b. Read about preparing for and holding a debate. Fill in the missing
words.
Step 1: Work in (1. …) groups to prepare for the debate.

One group proposes the motion; the other group opposes the
motion. Brainstorm your arguments (2. …) or against. Be
ready to provide (3. …) supporting your arguments. Try to
predict what arguments your (4. …) can come up with. Prepare
counterarguments. Think of a slogan to motivate the audience
to (5. …) for you.
Step 2: Choose a (6. …) to represent your group. Help them
to structure their speech. It should consist of three parts:
introduction, main body and conclusion. In the (7. …) the speaker
is supposed to say what they are going to speak about. In the
main body, they are supposed to present the (8. …) and support
them with facts. In the (9. …) the speaker should say what they
have spoken about and should finish up with the slogan. The
speech should be laconic and to the point.
Step 3: Listen to both speeches. Take a vote. Forget about
your (10. …) preferences as far as the motion or the speaker is
concerned, just think whose arguments are more numerous and
persuasive.
c. Listen and check yourselves.
80
2. Hold a debate on the topic of the lesson. 6
3. Write an essay on the topic. It should consist of four parts:
1) introduction;
2) arguments in favour of science and technology;
3) arguments against them;
4) conclusion.

speaking skills
I. READING
He’s head and shoulders

above the rest
Yes, Edward Witten is tall –
head and shoulders above many.
However, his name is known
to every physicist in the world
because he is ‘smarter than anyone
else’, as his colleagues say.
At the age of 9 or 10, Edward
Witten dreamed of growing to
become an astronomer. After
his parents had given him a
telescope, he was able to see the
rings of Saturn.
At the age of 11, his father, a theoretical physicist
specialising in gravitation and general relativity, introduced
him to calculus. For a while, mathematics became his passion.
Eventually, at the age of 21 he had to choose between
mathematics and theoretical physics after having tried history
81
and economics. As a result, in 1976 he received a Ph.D. in
physics at Princeton.
Surprisingly, in 1990, Witten was awarded the Fields
Medal – an equivalent of the Nobel Prize in mathematics. To
understand this, one should imagine a famous professional
basketball player receiving the highest football award. Witten
was the first physicist to receive this prize, which means he
has a talent of expressing physical ideas in mathematical form.
Mathematics has always been an important tool in physics.
Witten is showing how physics can help understand mathematics
better.
He created M-theory – a combination of 5 superstring
theories and 11-D supergravity. He thinks that there exist not 4
(length, width, height and time) dimensions, but 11. His theory
could connect quantum mechanics and general relativity, and it
could take us closer to the truth about nature. Edward Witten
has made physics a source of inspiration once again!
As Witten had made important contributions to both physics
and mathematics, in 2004 he appeared in the list of TIME
magazine’s 100 most influential people.
His fellow physicists consider him Albert Einstein’s successor
and even the greatest physicist of all time, a person who comes
along once in a century. They claim he has brought light where
there was darkness. Albert Einstein did not manage to create a
theory that would unite relativity and quantum physics into one
mathematical package. Thanks to Edward Witten, physicists
might be close to success.
Witten thinks that physics has many mathematical secrets,
and physicists will continue surprising the mathematical world
with interesting insights. He says humbly, “I have been lucky
to be at the right place at the right time to contribute to part
of this”.
2. Edward Witten is following in the footsteps of another great

physicist. Read aloud the extract which says about it.
3. What has he been interested in throughout his life?
4. What is Edward Witten’s contribution to science?
82
II. LISTENING 6
1. Listen to the programming competitions news and answer
the questions:
1. How is the 2021 Google Code Jam

winner connected with Belarus?
2. How is the Google Code Jam
competition organised?
3. What are the achievements of
Gennadi Korotkevich and Belarus in the
field of programming?
III. SPEAKING
1. Answer the questions.
1. What can you tell me about famous scientists?

2. Are science subjects important? Why?
3. Ask me about science and technology in English-speaking
countries.
4. What advice can you give me on how to become a scientist.
5. If you were to write an article on science and technology
in Belarus, what could you write about?
Page 58–59. Keys to the quiz in ex. 4 Lesson 4 Unit 6

1b 2b 3b 4c 5b 6d 7c 8c
83
UNIT 7
GREAT PEOPLE
LESSON 1. Great minds think alike
Communicative area: talking about great people and

geniuses of today; fine-tuning the definitions of the
words “great” and “genius”
Active vocabulary: genius
Vocabulary revision: great, brilliant, brainy, bright,
gifted, smart, clever, intelligent
Grammar revision: Conditional 0
1. a. Read the title of the lesson, which is actually an English saying.

Choose the best option to explain its meaning. You might say “great
minds think alike”...
a) to someone just after you have discovered that they have

had the same idea as you;
b) when using a famous person’s quotation in your essay;
c) when you agree with the mark the teacher has given you.
b. Do you think it is used seriously or humorously?
c. Can you think of a good equivalent of the saying in your language?

How often do you use it?
84
2. a. Listen to the conversation between an Englishman 7
working in Russia as a teacher and his friend Lena. What seems
strange to him?
b. Read the sentences below. In what meaning is the word “great”

or its derivatives used?
a) very good, wonderful, fascinating;

b) remarkable, exceptionally outstanding and admired by a
lot of people;
c) another meaning?
1. We had a great time. 2. Edison was a great inventor.
3. That’s great! 4. The greatness of Mozart lies in the humanity
of his music. 5. In the film The Great Dictator, Charlie Chaplin
expresses his political beliefs. 6. The great and the good are
calling on the Government to support the arts.
3. a. Brainstorm the English words you know which mean “intelligent”.
b. Listen to the end of the conversation and check your ideas.
c. Work in small groups. Talk about something or somebody that you

consider “great” – meaning wonderful and something or somebody
you consider “great” meaning distinguished, famous and admired
by a lot of people.
4. a. Complete the definitions for the dictionary entry with the words
in the box. Change the form of the adjective if necessary. In each
number the same adjectives are used both in the examples and the
definitions.
brainy  bright  brilliant  gifted  intelligent

 clever  smart
a) … – having a high level of mental ability, and good at

thinking clearly and understanding ideas. E.g. The top universities
aim to select the most … students.
85
b) … (esp. Br. E.) / … (Am. E.) – intelligent, so that you can
think and learn quickly and find ways to solve problems. E. g.:
That was very … of you. How did you do that?
I wasn’t … enough to be a lawyer.
c) … – intelligent – used especially about children and young
people. E. g.: She’s a very … kid, actually the … student in class.
d) … – extremely intelligent and good at the work you do.
E. g.: He is a … scientist.
e) … – a … child is much more intelligent than most other
children. E. g.: This is a special school for … children.
f) … (informal) – intelligent and good at studying. E. g.: My
sis is the … one in our family.
b. Speak about the people you know and yourself using the adjectives
above.
5. a. Imagine that Belarusian journalists are compiling a list of top

100 living geniuses. The criteria for choosing the candidates are:
1. popular acclaim (praise for the person and their
achievements);
2. intellectual power;
3. achievement and cultural importance.
Who would you include in the list? Discuss in pairs.
b. Find the people in the photos in the list below. Would you agree
that they are geniuses?
Tim Berners-Lee (British), computer scientist, inventor of

the World Wide Web;
Matt Groening (American), satirist and animator, creator
of the Simpsons;
Nelson Mandela (South African), politician and diplomat;
Steven Hawking (British), physicist;
Grigory Perelman (Russian), mathematician;
Larry Page and Sergey Brin (American), publishers, creators
of Google;
Garry Kasparov (Russian), chess player;
The Dalai Lama (Tibetan), spiritual Leader;
Steven Spielberg (American), film maker;
86
7
1 2 3
Hiroshi Ishiguro (Japanese), roboticist;

Avram Noam Chomski (American), philosopher and linguist;
Bill Gates (American), businessman;
Meryl Streep (American), actress;
Plаcido Domingo (Spanish), opera singer;
Paul McCartney (British), musician;
Stephen King (American), writer;
Steve Wozniak (American), engineer and co-founder of Apple
Computers;
George Lucas (American), film maker;
Ivan Marchuk (Ukrainian), artist and sculptor;
J.K. Rowling (British), writer;
Quentin Tarantino (American), filmmaker.
c. Compare the part of “The Telegraph” Top 100 Living Geniuses’ list
with yours.
d. Describe the people from the list using the adjectives from the
lesson.
e. Compare your ideas with the class.
6. a. Complete the quotes with Conditional 0 forms. Do the sentences

tell us about:
1. something that is always true;

2. something that might be true in the future?
No man (be) great if he (think) he is. Will Rogers
If the heart (be) great, that man (remain) great under all
circumstances, rich or poor, large or small. Muhammad Ali
b. Do you agree with the quotes?
87
LESSON 2. Genius
Communicative area: listening for gist and detail;

talking about geniuses in history
Active vocabulary: to have a genius for, to show a sign
of genius, an evil genius, exceptional, masterful, notable,
outstanding, phenomenal, renowned, unique
Grammar revision: Conditional I
1. a. Read the dictionary entry below. The same word is missing in

all the definitions and examples. Guess the word.
… is a person with a rare natural ability or skill, especially in

a particular area such as science or art. For example:
1. (an) artistic/creative/musical … ;
2. Einstein was a mathematical … . ;
3. From the age of three, she showed signs of … . 
Other meanings:
4. She has a … (= special skill) for raising money. 
5. A … can also be a person who has an especially bad
influence over someone else.
The film was about an evil … who wanted to control the world.
genius (sing.) – geniuses or genii (pl.)
Do you know anyone who showed signs of

genius from a young age? Can you name any
evil geniuses who wanted to control the world?
What have you got a genius for?
2. a. Work in small groups. Make a list of people that can be called

geniuses.
88
b. Look through the list of geniuses from a website. What countries
do they come from? What historical periods?
7
Albert Einstein , Nikola Tesla, Michelangelo
, Winston Churchill, Thomas Edison 
, Sir Francis Drake, William Shakespeare, Wolfgang
Amadeus Mozart   , Leonardo
da Vinci , Galileo Galilei ,
Charles Darwin, Sir Isaac Newton 
c. Listen to the descriptions of the people’s achievements.

Write down their names in the order you hear information about them.
d. The word combinations below describe the geniuses in ex. 2b.

Work in pairs. Decide who each description refers to.
Advanced thinker, brilliant physicist, exceptional composer,

famous politician, gifted inventor, great thinker, intelligent
man, legendary astronomer, masterful painter, notable painter,
outstanding politician, phenomenal painter, powerful man,
renowned inventor, smart individual, the greatest writer,
unique individual, phenomenal scientist, gifted inventor.
e. Listen again and check.
3. a. Match the words with the definitions.
1. advanced a) famous
2. exceptional b) much greater than usual, especially in
skill, cleverness, quality, etc.
3. masterful c) being the only existing one of its type or,
more generally, unusual or special in some
way
4. notable d) of a higher standard than is usual for others
5. outstanding e) excellent; clearly very much better than
what is usual
6. phenomenal f) important and deserving attention, or
important and very good
7. renowned g) extremely successful, often because of
unusual qualities or abilities
8. unique h) very skilful
89
b. Work in pairs or small groups. Use the words above to speak
about one person who you consider to be No1 genius of all times.
4. a. Read the writing tip below. Is it a good piece of advice?

If you want to write a good essay or report, you should always
try to use words that convey your meaning vividly but accurately.
If you imagine your poor teacher at her desk reading “The book
was interesting” a hundred times, you will probably decide to
change your writing style. Skilful writing is not easy; one way
to develop more interesting writing is to avoid tired or overused
words. You probably know the meanings of many words, but you
don't use them in your speech or your writing. Read over the
following sentence, for example: The book was very interesting.
The word “interesting” is overused and you may want to explore
other ways to convey the same message. For example: The text
was quite motivating. This work, which was actually one of Mark
Twain's first endeavours, was captivating. Never forget that
your teacher reads many, many papers. Always strive to make
your paper special and not boring! If you want your paper to
stand out from the others, use your words effectively.
b. Find examples of Conditional I in the text with:

1. a modal verb;
2. a Future Simple verb;
3. an imperative verb in the main clause.
c. Read about “tired words”. With your partner, find synonyms for them.
Some words are so overused they are just plain boring. You
shouldn’t avoid these words altogether, you should take care to
substitute them with more interesting words whenever appropriate.
Some tired and overused words are: bad, beautiful, big, fine, good,
great, happy, interesting, look, nice, quite, really, said, so, very, well.
d. Do the task suggested by the author of the writing tip.

… To exercise your vocabulary powers, try to think of
alternate words for each tired word that appears in italics in
the sentences below.
The Colocasia is a big plant with lots of leaves. The author used
funny expressions. The book was supported by many sources.
90
5. a. What verb form is used in the main clause of the Conditional I 7
sentence below? Is it used a) to show a result; b) to give advice; c) to
speak about a future probability?
If you want to be a genius, get motivated.
b. Do you agree that motivation is important? Is it as important as

talent? Is it more important than talent?
c. Complete the advice with your own idea:
If you want to be a genius, …
6. Write about somebody you consider to be a genius. Use as

many new words and phrases from the lesson as you can. Try
to avoid “tired words”.
LESSON 3. To be or not to be
like Leonardo?
Communicative area: discussing the merits and demerits

of a genius, listening and reading for gist and detail
Active vocabulary: quest, to question, fad, polymath,
to procrastinate
Grammar revision: Conditional II
1. Leonardo da Vinci was an ultimate Renaissance man. Was he

a) a scientist, g) a sculptor,
b) a mathematician, h) an architect,
c) an engineer, i) a botanist,
d) an inventor, j) a musician,
e) an anatomist, k) a writer?
f) a painter,
2. a. Brainstorm adjectives that can describe a genius. Write them

up on the board.
91
b. Read the article and choose the adjectives from your list to
describe Leonardo. Explain why you think so.
Polymath – a person of wide knowledge and learning.
Da Vinci decoded
Want “to break the Da Vinci Code”? Take the following steps
to become a polymath.
Developing your curiosity. Great minds have one
characteristic in common: they always ask questions. Leonardo’s
quest for truth and beauty clearly demonstrates this.
 Keep a journal. Write your ideas and thoughts there.
 Choose a theme and observe things according to it. For
example, for the entire day, observe every type and instance of
communication you come across.
 Practise freewriting. Write your thoughts and associations
without editing them.
Finding proof. Wisdom comes from experience. Do the following:
 Check your beliefs. Review them and verify them through
experience. Find friends who can give you different perspectives.
 Look at the advertisements in your favourite magazine
and analyse the strategy and tactics they use. Choose those that
affect you most and find out why.
 Find “anti-role models” to learn from. Whose mistakes
would you like to avoid?
Using your senses. According to da Vinci, we can best find
proof of our ideas through our senses, particularly sight.
 Write a detailed description of an experience, e.g. sunrise,
in your journal.
 Learn how to describe a smell. Learn to draw.
 Listen to different sounds around you. Learn to listen
to different intensity of sounds, from the softest (e.g. your
breathing) to the loudest (e.g. traffic).
 Live in the moment. Practice mindfulness. Carpe diem!
(from Latin – catch the day).
Studying the mysterious. An essential characteristic of
da Vinci's genius is his ability to handle a sense of mystery.
 Relate two opposites. For example, think about your
happiest and saddest moments.
92
 Practise the Socratic method by asking questions, not
giving answers. Don’t assume that you or anyone knows
7
anything for sure. Question every idea or theory.
Relating Art and Science. It is about “the development of the
balance between science and art, logic and imagination”. This is
thinking with the “whole brain”. Mind mapping is a powerful method
that can help you combine logic and imagination in your work and
life. The end result of mapping should be a web-like structure of
words and ideas that are somehow related in the writer’s mind.
Knowing your body and keeping fit. Leonardo had amazing
physical ability that complemented his genius in science and
arts. Here is how you could keep fit:
 Develop your physical fitness: do flexibility, strength and
aerobic exercises.
 Develop body awareness. Study anatomy. Try yoga. Dance.
Do some contact juggling. Strengthen the connection between
body and mind.
 Leonardo could work with both his right and left hand and
regularly switched between them. Cultivate ambidexterity by using
your non-dominant hand for relatively simple tasks first, like
brushing your teeth or eating your breakfast and later for writing.
Making connections. One main source of Leonardo’s
creativity is his ability to …
 link things that seem unrelated, e.g. geology and the Mona
Lisa;
 think about how things originate. Take an object and think
about what elements are involved in its creation and how.
Some other characteristics of Leonardo da Vinci that might
be worth your attention are: charisma, generosity, love of
nature, love of animals and the curiosity of a child.
c. Match the pictures below with the parts of the article.
3
1 2
93
d. Which piece of advice seems the most sensible? Which piece of
advice would you find the most difficult to follow?
3. a. Match the highlighted words with the definitions.
a) to express doubts about the value of something or whether

something is true;
b) a long search for something difficult to find; an attempt
to achieve something difficult.
b. Use the words in bold in the questions below. Change the form of
the words if necessary.
1. Do you know anyone who went to India on a spiritual …?

2. Have you ever … the usefulness of learning English? 3. Do you
ever … what your parents tell you?
4. a. Read the advice from a researcher who has got a different

perspective on Leonardo. How are these tips connected with the
personality of Leonardo? Make your predictions about the mistakes
Leonardo might have made.
1. Don’t procrastinate1. Finish all the projects.

2. Communicate your ideas to others using standard notation.
3. Develop some long-term relationships.
4. Study basic maths even if you are an art student.
5. Do not over-engineer your inventions.
6. Avoid fads2 in most things but especially intellectual
pursuits.
7. Don’t work for the military industrial complex.
b. Listen to what the researcher has to say about Leonardo’s

negative qualities. Check your predictions. Is there any connection
between the pictures in this lesson and what the researcher
has said?
1to procrastinate – to keep delaying something that must be done,

often because it is unpleasant or boring
2 fad – a style, activity or interest which is very popular for a short
period of time
94
5. Discuss in a small group: 7
1. Why do you think Leonardo used to procrastinate? Do you
have a tendency to procrastinate?
2. What fad was da Vinci interested in? What is the latest
fad among teenagers now?
3. What were the most important stages in Leonardo’s long
quest for truth, mystery and beauty?
4. Is it a good idea to question the greatness of such geniuses
as Leonardo?
6. a. What does the question ask you about: a real or unreal

probability?
If you could be a genius, would you want to be one?

What are the verb forms used in the question? What Conditional is it?
b. How would you answer the question? Discuss in small groups.
LESSON 4. Greatness
Communicative area: reading and speaking about great

people in history
Active vocabulary: society, nurture; negative affixes –
anti-, dis-, il-, im-, in-, ir-, un-; unsociable, immoral,
dishonest, immortal, unbelievable, impossible
1. What is the role of great people in history? Discuss with your

partner.
2. a. Read the information in the boxes. Work in pairs. Decide which

of the opinions you agree with.
A. According to Scottish writer Thomas Carlyle, the history of the

world is the biography of great men. By examining the lives of such
heroes as Shakespeare, Luther, Rousseau and Napoleon, one could
uncover something about one’s own true nature.
95
B. The Great Man approach to history was most fashionable
with historians in the 19th century; The Encyclopaedia Britannica
Eleventh edition (1911) contains lengthy and detailed biographies
of the great men in history, but very few general or social histories.
C. “Before a great man can remake his society, his society must
make him”. Herbert Spencer said that explaining historical events by
the decisions of individuals was an unscientific position, as “great
men” were products of their social environment.
D. Leo Tolstoy said that the significance of great individuals is

imaginary; as a matter of fact they are only history’s slaves, realising
the decree of Providence.
E. Some scientists think that an individual (by the very fact of his
existence, by his ideas or actions (or inaction), directly or indirectly,
during his lifetime or after his death) may have such an influence
upon his own or another society that can be recognised significant
because of a noticeable mark (positive or negative) in history and
in the future development of the society. It may happen because of
his personal features, his social standing, or just because of chance
or the peculiarity of the epoch.
F. Great people are special as they demonstrate endless

possibilities of the human nature, stretch the limits of what humans
can achieve in various spheres of activity. Their greatness can be
given to them by nature, or it might be acquired with nurture. They
display intellect, talent or willpower, diligence and persistence,
optimism and love for life. They inspire others to follow their example
and to aim for the impossible.
b. Guess the meaning of the words in bold. Match the definitions

with the words to check your guesses.
a) a large group of people who live together in an organised

way, making decisions about how to do things and sharing the
work that needs to be done; all the people in a country, or in
several similar countries;
b) the way in which children are treated as they are growing,
especially as compared with the characteristics they are born with.
96
3. a. Look at the underlined words in ex. 2. What prefixes do they 7
have? How do these prefixes change the meaning of the adjectives?
Go to page 211/227 for more information.
b. Match the adjectives from the list with the prefi xes to make
negative adjectives.
anti-, dis-, il-, im-, in-, ir-, un-
Responsible, competent, logical, honest, obedient, terrorist,

democratic, religious, expensive, legal, smoking, satisfied,
believable, comfortable, formal, practical, mortal, moral,
correct, healthy, rational, sociable, regular, mobile, polite,
convenient, patient.
c. Use some of the words above instead of their definitions. Answer

the questions.
1. Do you think (not within society’s standards of honest
behaviour) and (not within society’s standards of moral
behaviour) people can become great men or women?
2. What made Shakespeare, Luther, Rousseau and Napoleon
become (living or lasting forever, remembered for a long time)?
3. Do you think (hating meeting and spending time with
other people) people can become really great? Why (not)?
4. Do you think it is (can’t be done or achieved) for you to
become great?
5. Will you find it (extremely surprising) to learn some
twenty years later that one of your classmates has become a great
person famous all over the world?
4. a. Play the guessing game. Get a card from the teacher with
information about a great person. Memorise it. Share it with the
classmates (don’t read, speak). Keep the name of the great person
secret. Let your classmates guess. Note down the names of those
who guess correctly. Ask them to keep their guesses secret as well.
b. Work as a class. Repeat the information you have on the card to

the students. Say the name of the great person whose role you
played. Check your guesses. What do all these people have in
common? Vote for the greatest woman in history.
97
5. Discuss in pairs:
1. Do you think all these women were / are really great?
2. Why (not)? What traits do they have in common? 3. What
makes them different? 4. Whose life seems to be the most
unbelievable? 5. What played a major role in their life: nature or
nurture? 6. What is the attitude to great people in the society?
7. Whose example would you like to follow? Why?
LESSON 5. Born or made?
Communicative area: discussing the role of various

factors in the development of a genius; listening and
reading for gist and detail
Active vocabulary: inattentive, poor (student),
persistence, solid, upbringing, mischievous, mentor;
word-building: affixes en-, un-, -ment, -tion, -ly, -al,
-ive, -able
Revision grammar: Future Continuous
1. a. Work individually. Solve the puzzle below.
What is the next letter in this sequence: W – I – T – N – L –

I – T – …? Choose a letter from below:
Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, A, S, D, F, G, H, K, L, Z, X, C,
V, B, N, M.
b. Compare with a partner. Check with the class.
c. Is the person who solved the puzzles the fastest a genius?
2. a. Do you think geniuses are born or made? Discuss in a small

group.
b. Read the article on the topic. How does the article answer the
question in ex. 2a?
Do they call you dumb? Do you hate school? It doesn’t
matter as you might be a genius, or, at least, a very creative
98
person. There are international chess masters that have below
average IQs. Many natural-born geniuses end up as insurance
7
salesmen because of their traumatic school experiences. The
“absent-minded professor” isn’t just a clichй. Several of the
most famous inventors and scientists, for example, are believed
to have ADD (attention deficit disorder) traits. It means they
were really inattentive. However, they were curious, playful
and enthusiastic.
There is a ground-breaking palaeontologist – Dr Paul
Sereno – who was considered to be a poor student. “I wasn’t
reading in the second grade”, he said. “I couldn’t tell time in
the third grade, and I nearly failed the school exam”. He was
mischievous with rocks and took part in accidents involving
knives and bikes. His interest in fossils started after he stole
a book from the library. After a trip to the Museum of Natural
History, he became “fascinated with stories of palaeontological
expeditions”. “I could combine art, travel, science, adventure,
biology, palaeontology and geology”, he remembered thinking.
“Right then, I knew exactly what I wanted to be”. Since then,
he’s led all sorts of expeditions and developed creative theories
on how dinosaurs are related to each other.
It’s amazing how many of most creative and brightest
scientists had slow starts at school. Albert Einstein had trouble
at school. He was a notoriously poor student. It was only after a
relative showed him how to play games with numbers and Albert
was moved on to an alternative school that he began to do well.
Still, he described himself as a “slow thinker” and had verbal
difficulties. Nikola Tesla was also constantly in trouble as a
child. Leonardo da Vinci had a great deal of trouble finishing
projects. These people had the natural curiosity of children
and a different way of thinking. Instead of linear thinking and
remembering details, they are global thinkers who are good at
picking up concepts, relationships, and they are good creative
problem solvers.
So, are geniuses born or made? Examining closely even
the most extreme examples – Mozart, Newton, Einstein,
Stravinski – we could say that geniuses are made, not born. They
say that there are three keys to success: hard work, persistence
and a solid upbringing. All the people who got international
fame usually worked with a high level mentor. Perfect practice
99
made them perfect. The genius status is achieved by putting in
five minutes of extra work and 10 years of effort more than an
average person does. A lot of people think that highly talented
people can become good at anything fast, but study suggests that
nobody was able to rise without having practised for 10 years.
In classical music, it is more than 15–20 years before they start
winning in competitions.
What’s the conclusion then? Don’t despair if you are
considered to be a slow learner. Stay curious. Find something
that fascinates you. And practise, practise, practise. Who
knows? You might become another Einstein.
c. Complete the sentences with the words in bold:
1. A student who never or rarely gets good marks is

considered to be a … student. 2. A person who gives another
person help and advice over a period of time and often also
teaches them how to do their job is a … . 3. Behaviour of a child,
which is slightly bad but not intended to cause serious harm or
damage is called … behaviour. 4. The way in which someone is
treated and educated when they are young, especially by their
parents, is their … . 5. A student who will not listen carefully
is … . 6. If something is certain or safe; of a good standard; giving
confidence or support, it is considered to be … . 7. Trying to do
or continue doing something in a determined way is called … .
d. Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions:
1. Are you attentive or inattentive? 2. Are you a good or a

poor student? 3. Are you mischievous or well-behaved? 4. Do
you have a good mentor? 5. Are you getting solid support from
your parents in choosing your future occupation? 6. What, do
you think, is more important: IQ, hard work, persistence or solid
upbringing?
3. a. Do you know about any other geniuses or great people who

had problems at school or who were slow learners?
b. Listen to the life story of Edison. How does it relate to the

article in ex. 2b?
100
c. Make new words by adding suffixes and prefixes from the box to
the words in brackets to complete the sentences from Edison’s story.
7
-ly, -ative, in-, un-, en-, -able, -al, -tion, -ment, -al, -ual
1. Even so, he was a … child who

used to annoy adults with his constant
questions. (Talk)
2. Although young Al (as he was
called in those days) was … very gifted
and must have had a very high IQ, one
teacher called him “addled”, which
meant confused or stupid. (Certain)
3. He attended three different schools between the ages of
seven to nine, and none of his teachers had the patience to deal
with the mischievous and … student. (Attentive)
4. The hero of Al’s childhood was his mother, who pulled him
out of school after the school master said Al was … and became
his mentor. (Teach)
5. Al was a scientist from a very early age, and his mother
… him. (Courage)
6. Her faith in his … abilities was at odds with the rest of the
world – even his father seemed to think that he was stupid. (Nature)
7. Al invented a way to transmit his hourly signal … , and
was fired when he was caught. (Automatic)
8. The invention, however, … led him to develop the first
automatic telegraph and the first clock ticker. (Event)
9. He was a businessman who was able to deal his … , attract
new capital, and motivate his employees. (Invent)
10. He said his success was 1% … and 99% … . (Inspire, perspire)
11. Dozens of his inventions have been used for comfort and
convenience, … and … . (Communicate, entertain)
d. Listen again and check.
4. a. Read the joke. Explain the humour.
If it wasn’t for Thomas Alva Edison, we’d all be watching TV to

the light of a candle.
101
1. What played a crucial role in Edison’s life: hard work,

persistence, solid upbringing, IQ, talent, a good mentor or
something else?
2. Which of the factors above do you think are important for
you on the way to success?
5. a. Look at the pictures. Explain the idea and the use of tenses.
Yesterday, Today, Maybe in thirty years’

he was behaving he isn’t paying time, he’ll be getting
mischievously. attention. the Nobel Prize.
Who knows?
b. What do you think you will be doing in thirty years’ time?
LESSON 6. Renaissance polymaths?
Communicative area: discussing the qualities making

a person a polymath; reading for gist and for detail,
retelling
Active vocabulary: word-building: prefixes inter-, post-,
re-, co-, em-; postmodern, to reprint, interplanetary,
co-author, to embody
102
1. Look at the photos below. Put them into two groups and guess
what the connection between the photos in each group might be.
7
2
3 4
2. a. Student A reads the article on Brian May – Student B – the

article on Ray Bradbury. Checks their predictions.
Student A
Brian May, the founder of the legendary
British glam rock band Queen, is keen on stars.
Not Hollywood Walk of Fame stars, but the
much larger, more beautiful ones.
Best known as Queen’s lead guitar player,
May wrote We Will Rock You, Who Wants to
Live Forever, I Want It All; sang the bass parts
on Bohemian Rhapsody and played that guitar
solo on We Are the Champions — all hits people
are still listening now. That success seems very
small in the history of the universe, though.
Just as his band was starting to make
some noise 50 years ago, May was studying
astrophysics. After taking a 30-year break to
live the life of a rock god, he has completed a
dissertation on interplanetary dust and earned
a doctorate from Imperial College.
His doctoral thesis examines the mysterious phenomenon
known as Zodiacal light that appears in the western sky after
sunset and in the eastern sky two or three hours before sunrise.
Many people have thought it is the first sign of morning twilight.
103
A Persian astronomer who lived around the 12th century referred
to it as “false dawn” in a poem. Astronomers now know that
Zodiacal light represents reflected sunlight shining on space
debris. Brian May has also co-authored a book with a title that
could pass for a Queen song: Bang! The Complete History of the
Universe.
During the interview with our reporter, May wore a long
black coat, white sneakers and an electric Hawaiian shirt; his
hair was a kinky black mass, so he managed to perfectly embody
both rock ‘n’ roller and mad scientist. “I think music is about our
internal life. It’s part of the way people touch each other. And
astronomy is the very opposite thing. Instead of looking inwards,
you are looking out, to things beyond our grasp”, he said.
May enjoys dividing his time between the observatory and
the recording studio these days. Whether he’s inspecting stars
or working on his new album, he likes being called “Dr May”.
As a guitarist, he uses his home-built guitar, “Red Special”. He
built it with his father’s help. Guess what? It’s one of the most
incredible instruments ever made!
Once a fellow-astronomer told him on a TV programme:
“I don’t know any scientist who looks as much as Isaac Newton as
you do”. In 2005 Brian May was made Commander of the Order
of the British Empire for “services to the music industry and his
charity work”. The same year, he was also voted the 7th greatest
guitarist of all time. Bravo, Brian! May long live May!
Student B
Ray Bradbury, who died aged 91, was the 20th-century
American short-story writer. He was born in a small town in
Illinois. In 1934 his family moved to Los Angeles, where he
lived for the rest of his life. He
never travelled, much preferring
a bicycle to a car, and usually
avoiding aircraft. Bradbury
lived quietly, but remained a
much-loved writer throughout
his long life. He wrote, “As a
result of reading science fiction
when I was eight, I grew up with
104
an interest in music, architecture, city
planning, transportation, politics,
7
ethics, aesthetics on any level, art …
it’s just total!”.
Although he was also known for
a few novels – principally Fahrenheit
451 – as well as for children’s books,
plays, screenplays and poetry, it was
his short stories that made him
famous, with his best-known collection
being The Martian Chronicles. His tales were reprinted in
countless magazines and anthologies, including many school
textbooks, making his name familiar to younger generations.
Surprisingly, Ray Bradbury was not only a visionary writer –
he was also an architectural “imaginer” who influenced urban
development. For better or worse, he was a key influence in two
major urban trends of the past few decades: theme parks and
shopping malls. His interest in theme parks came about through
his friendship with Walt Disney.
The attitudes they shared were childhood nostalgia and
futuristic utopianism, so, naturally, Disney invited Bradbury
to consult on the 1964 World’s Fair in New York.
Bradbury thought deeply about the influence of our housing
designs on how we live, not just as individuals but as a society.
As a result, another Bradbury’s idea was to use giant shopping
malls to save American cities from decay. He was recruited as
a consultant by architect Jon Jerde – now one of the world’s
leading mall designers – on some of his early projects. Bradbury
advised on the postmodern Horton Plaza in San Diego and laid
the foundation for the Glendale Galleria shopping centre in Los
Angeles. He thought that the city did not have enough central
meeting points, like, for example, the outdoor restaurants in
Paris. In his opinion, these places should have enough tables
and chairs for people to chat with their friends, and they
should house restaurants, bookshops, cinemas and coffee shops
surrounding what he called “the conversation pit”. He also noted
that the area should be open until at least 11 p.m. because of our
busy working schedules.
105
However, first and foremost Ray Bradbury was a science
fiction writer. The things you can read about in his books are
Martians, robots, dinosaurs, mummies, ghosts, time machines,
rocket ships and carnival magicians. His work inspired writers
and filmmakers like Stephen King, Steven Spielberg and James
Cameron, and helped transport science fiction out of the pulp
magazines into the mainstream.
b. Students A and B retell the facts about Brian May and Ray Bradbury
to each other. Which of the two famous people is closer to a
Renaissance man?
c. Work in pairs – Student A and Student B. Decide which of the two

men – Brian May (BM) or Ray Bradbury (RB)...
 played the guitar;
 wrote books;
 was interested in space;
 was connected with California;
 helped design American shopping centres;
 was friends with Walt Disney;
 was friends with Freddie Mercury;
 took part in creating theme parks;
 looked like a famous scientist;
 did a lot of charity work;
 didn’t like flying by plane;
 wrote a PhD in astrophysics;
 composed famous songs;
 inspired science fiction writers;
 made a musical instrument for himself;
 thought reading was important.
3. a. Match the definitions below with the words in bold.

1. popular in the 1980s and 1990s and including features
from several different periods in the past or from the present
and past; 2. between planets; 3. to print again; 4. include, show
or represent in behaviour; 5. to write/create together with
someone.
b. Which of the prefixes in the words in bold means…

Between; again, after, together, provide.
106
c. Add prefixes from ex. 3b to the words in the box to make words
with the following meanings:
7
active  activate  address  appear  exist  graduate
 power  script  national  operate  continental
1. designed to involve the user in the exchange of information

while the computer is in operation; 2. between continents;
3. involving more than one country; 4. a student who has already
obtained one degree and is studying at a university for a more
advanced qualification; 5. a short remark or message added to
the bottom of a letter after you have signed your name, usually
introduced by the abbreviation PS; 6. to bring or come back
into action or use; 7. to return after a period of time; 8. to give
(someone) the official or legal authority or the freedom to do
something; 9. to write a different address because the person
for whom it is intended has moved to another place; 10. to live
together at the same time or in the same place; 11. to act or work
together for a particular purpose, or to help someone willingly
when help is requested.
d. Give more examples of words with the prefixes inter-, post-, em-,
co-, re-.
4. Can you call Ray Bradbury and Brian May Renaissance polymaths?
Why (not)?
LESSON 7. Business geniuses
Communicative area: discussing business geniuses;

reading and listening for gist and detail
Active vocabulary: entrepreneur, conventional
Grammar revision: Conditional III
1. Work in pairs. Write a definition for a “business genius”. Share

and compare.
107
2. a. Read the article on the topic. What qualities should a business
genius possess?
What is a genius? A 17th century English poet wrote: “Genius

is above correctness”. A genius is able to ignore conventional
ideas about what’s possible and to … dream. By realising their
dreams, geniuses succeed in redefining of what’s possible.
In 17 December, 1903, the Wright brothers made their first
flight. It lasted 12 seconds. On 12 April, 1961, Yuri Gagarin
orbited the Earth. If it hadn’t been for the Wright Brothers,
Gagarin probably wouldn’t have made his flight. Within less
than six decades, humanity had gone from never having flown,
to sending a man into space.
So, what does a business genius look like? Steve Jobs, the
Apple founder seems to be the best example. Mr Jobs wasn’t
conventionally smart. His success highlights an interesting
difference between intelligence and genius. His imagination was
instinctive, unexpected, and, at times, magical. It was brought
about by intuition, not analytical powers. For him, experience
was more important than analysis. He didn’t study data or
numbers, he could guess what lay ahead.
How is the genius different from the dreamer? It is not
enough to have new ideas. They have to be put into practice.
Steve Jobs didn’t have the idea for the PC, but he realised
that the PC needed to be much more user-friendly than his
competitors’ computers were. The Macintosh was small, cute
and easy to use. Just as Apple’s music players, phones and tablet
computers. Apple wasn’t the first into these markets, but its
product seemed to be the best one out, embodying the unity of
perfect form and easy function.
So, a genius isn’t necessarily the smartest person in the room,
but the one with the imagination and persistence to translate
a smart idea into the best product. It’s someone who believes
they are right when everyone around them is calling them a fool.
A successful entrepreneur doesn’t have to get a million-dollar
small business idea, but they have to turn the idea into a million
dollars.
To become a successful entrepreneur, you need to believe
in yourself even when the so-called experts tell you you’re
doomed to fail. You need the ability to think “What if?” and
108
be smart enough to know how to achieve your dream. A good
entrepreneur, like a genius, is a dreamer who’s prepared to get
7
things done.
b. Use the context to guess what the words in bold mean.
Conventional – a) negative and reactionary; b) common and

traditional; c) revolutionary and unreal.
Entrepreneur – a) someone who obtains money by deceiving
people; b) a person who has at least 1 000 000 000 in any
country's money, or who owns buildings or possessions worth
this amount; c) a person who attempts to make a profit by starting
their own company or by operating alone in the business world,
especially when it involves taking risks.
c. What do you think is the author’s attitude to

successful entrepreneurs?
3. a. Find an example of Conditional III in

the article.
b. Complete the question with Conditional

III forms:
If you (meet) Steven Jobs when he was
young, you (agree) to work with him?
c. Discuss the question with your classmate. What other geniuses

of the past would you have liked to work with?
4. a. Can you name any world-famous entrepreneurs with

unconventional ideas?
b. Read the article and check if any of the names you have mentioned
appear in the text. Look the unfamiliar words up in a dictionary.
Time magazine’s article on “business geniuses” is full of
admiration for entrepreneurs the USA has had in the last
century, with business people replacing thinkers and poets as
national icons. Among the names are Henry Ford, Walt Disney
and Bill Gates.
109
Are they real heroes, or just dubious icons of dubious
achievements of this century? Henry Ford gave us the
automobile, and with it pollution, global warming, suburban
sprawl, oil drills and spills, the paving of millions of acres of
good land, and 40,000 traffic fatalities each year. Walt Disney
offered us shallow entertainment and the mickeymousification
of world culture, while sending millions of families on
pilgrimages to Disneyland parks and shopping malls. Bill
Gates engineered a monopoly in PC products, only to divert our
attention from Ford-Disney products and distract ourselves with
video games, virtual reality, and endless chitchat. All of them
seem to be wasted genius. They are not as useful to humanity as
a good bicycle mechanic is.
Yet, business turns into a new religion. The young no
longer admire Albert Einstein or Leonardo da Vinci. New idols
appear – Google’s Sergey Brin, Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg and
SpaceX’s Elon Musk. Should we play by the new rules and call
them geniuses, or should we possibly think of a new definition
of the word ‘genius’?
c. What is the attitude of the author to business geniuses?
5. a. Listen to the news item. Answer the questions below.

1. What kind of prize has been set up?
2. How big is the prize? How does it compare with the Nobel
Prize?
3. Why was the prize established?
4. What made Yuri Milner decide to set up the prize?
5. Who sponsors the prize together with him?
6. What was the recipients’ reaction to getting the prize?
b. What would you do if you received such a prize?
c. What is the attitude of the news item’s author to business

geniuses?
6. Fill in the words making them plural or negative, if necessary. All

the words will be used more than once.
110
entrepreneur  conventional  dubious
7
1. He has been associated with some … characters. 2. ... in
their country are discouraged from investing into the economy
by very high taxes. 3. They’re such a/an … family – they must
have been horrified when their son died his hair green. 4. As
an architect, I find him very dull and … – he’s not prepared
to try anything new. 5. Alternative medicine can sometimes
provide a cure where … medicine cannot. 6. He was one of the
… of the nineties who sometimes made their money in illegal
ways. 7. These conclusions are … and not scientifically proven.
8. They have a/an … attitude to marriage and lead quite
separate lives.
7. a. What is your attitude to business geniuses? Discuss the

questions with a partner.
1. Where is it easier to generate unconventional ideas: in

literature, art, science or business? 2. Do you agree that people
like Henry Ford, Walt Disney or Bill Gates are dubious icons?
3. Do you think entrepreneurs like Steve Jobs, Mark Zuckerberg,
Sergey Brin, Bill Gates and Elon Musk should become new
heroes? Why? Why not?
b. Compare your ideas with the class.
c. Use the Internet to find out about the charity work of the
businessmen mentioned in the lesson. Get ready to report your
findings in the next class.
LESSON 8. The great people of Belarus
Communicative area: listening for detail, talking about

the great people of Belarus
Active vocabulary: ancestor, descendant, prominent,
to endure, hardship, legacy, to have an impact
111
1. What do these people have in common?
1. Francysk Skaryna, 2. Harrison Ford, 3. Scarlett

Johansson, 4. Kirk Douglas, 5. Louis B. Meyer, 6. Larry King,
7. Tadeusz Kosciuszko, 8. Ralph Lauren, 9. Chaim Weizman,
10. Ignacy Domeyko, 11. Marc Chagall, 12. Michal Kleofas
Oginski, 13. Sophia Grojsman, 14. Steve and Liv Tyler, 15. Pavel
Sukhoi, 16. Olga Korbut, 17. Gwyneth Paltrow, 18. Barys Kit,
19. Isaac Asimov.
2. a. Check your memory or your intuition. With your partner, match

some of the people in ex. 1 with the words and phrases below:
a) Metro Goldwyn Mayer film studios, b) a mountain in

Australia, c) The Louvre, d) the first Belarusian Bible in print,
e) Oscar, f) Black Widow, g) Spartacus, h) Indiana Jones and
Star Wars, i) Aerosmith rock band, j) the Lord of the Rings,
k) “Sparrow from Minsk”, l) a nose – a world-famous perfumer,
m) a famous radio host, polonaise “A Farewell to Homeland”,
o) a citizen of Chile, p) aerospace engineer and aircraft designer,
q) robotics, r) First President of Israel, men’s clothing.
b. Match some people in ex. 1 with the pictures below. Talk about the
way these names, phrases and people might be connected.
1 3
5
4
7
6
112
3. a. Listen to the conversation about famous Belarusians. 7
Check your ideas in ex. 1 and 2.
prominent = outstanding, notable, important
b. Who of the people in ex. 1.
1. was / is a prominent painter / writer / athlete / scientist,

actor / politician / composer / perfumer / musician / designer /
inventor;
2. made a contribution in the field of geology in south
America;
3. made a fortune in Hollywood;
4. made research connected with rockets;
5. worked in many fields;
6. worked in the area related to the world of fashion;
7. has actors as colleagues;
8. achieved worldwide fame;
9. made printed books available in Belarus;
10. wrote about robots;
11. was a co-creator of something;
12. has had / had unbelievable success;
13. embodies / embodied Hollywood;
14. contributed to the development of journalism.
c. Listen again and check yourselves.
4. a. Look through the list of other prominent Belarusians of the XXth

and 21st centuries. Why can they be an inspiration for young people
today?
1. Vasil Bykau – a war novels writer, playwright and essayist.

2. Svetlana Alexievich – a Nobel Prize winner in Literature
(for her polyphonic writing about suffering and courage).
3. Piotr Klimuk – the first Belarusian cosmonaut.
4. Alexander Medved – an Olympic and World champion, the
best freestyle wrestler of the 20th century.
5. Arkadi Dobkin – a major American entrepreneur of
Belarusian origin, President of EPAM systems.
113
b. Who would you like to add to the list of prominent Belarusians?
Why? Talk with your classmate. Compare with the class.
5. a. Read the comment from a website. Match the words in bold

with their definitions.
I’m very proud of my roots. I’m proud of my ancestors.

They worked hard for a living. They endured wars, famines1
and many other hardships, but they didn’t give in. They have
created a beautiful world of today. Their achievements have had
a huge impact on our life. They are my inspiration whenever
I have difficulties in life. I will try to pass this legacy on to my
descendants.
1. something that makes life difficult (lack of money,

etc.); 2. to remain alive and continue to exist for a long
time; to be in a difficult situation for a long time without
complaining; 3. someone who is related to a person who lived
a long time ago, or to a family, group of people that existed
in the past; 4. a member of your family who lived a long time
ago; 5. something that happens or exists as a result of things
that happened at an earlier time; 6. have effect or influence on
something or someone.
b. Complete the questions with the words from the lesson.
1. Do you know a lot about your …? 2. What … has our

country experienced? 3. What famous writer described the
hardships Belarusians … during World War II? 4. What kind
of … did the last war have on Belarus? 5. What kind of … are we
leaving to our descendants? 6. If you had to leave a time capsule
for our … to open in 500 years, the names of which prominent
Belarusians would you include? 7. If you had to choose the most
… Belarusian of all time, who would you choose?
c. Can you say the same words (see ex. 5a)?
1 famine – голод / голад

114
6. Find information about one of the famous Belarusians. Prepare
a mini-presentation about them. Include the following:
7
 where in Belarus they came from;
 what the most fascinating facts of their biography are;
 how important their contribution is;
 what kind of impact they have made on people’s daily lives;
 how much of an inspiration they are for you?
LESSON 9. Maxims
Communicative area: reading for detail; planning for

a project
1. a. Unjumble the two words: AIHPSORM, QOOTTUIAN.
b. Read the definitions below. Match them with the concepts from
ex. 1a. What is the main difference between them?
a) a short, cleverly phrased saying which is intended to

express a general truth, a maxim;
b) a phrase or short piece of writing taken from a longer work
of literature, poetry; or what someone else has said.
c. Which of the two sentences below is an aphorism, which – just

a quotation?
No great genius has ever existed without some touch of madness.

Socrates
In historic events, the so-called great men are labels giving names
to events, and like labels they have but the smallest connection with
the event itself.
Leo Tolstoy
d. Do you agree with the ideas of the great people in ex. 1c?
115
2. a. Match the quotations with the names of the great or famous
people from this unit.
a) Brian May g) Walt Disney

b) Henry Ford h) Isaac Newton
c) Steve Jobs i) Mark Zuckerberg
d) Coco Chanel j) Leonardo da Vinci
e) Bill Gates k) Sergey Brin
f) Albert Einstein
1. My favourite things in life don’t cost any money. It’s

really clear that the most precious resource we all have is time.
2. If you think your teacher is tough, wait until you get a
boss… Life is not divided into semesters. You don’t get summers
off, and very few employers are interested in helping you find
yourself.
3. Obviously everyone wants to be successful, but I want to
be looked back on as being very innovative, very trusted and
ethical and ultimately making a big difference in the world.
4. All our dreams can come true if we have the courage to
pursue them.
5. The difference between stupidity and genius is that genius
has its limits.
6. Astronomy’s much more fun when you’re not an
astronomer.
7. If I have seen further than others, it is by standing upon
the shoulders of giants.
8. Life well spent is long.
9. If you think you can, or you think you can’t, you’re right.
10. Success is often achieved by those who don’t know that
failure is inevitable.
11. By giving people power to share, we’re making the world
more transparent.
b. Listen and check your guesses. Which of the quotations

above would you call aphorisms?
c. Discuss the meaning of the quotations with a partner. What do

these quotations say about their authors?
116
3. a. Read the quotations. Fill in the missing words from the box. 7
solving  goal  curiosity  questioning  wonderful
 progress  irreplaceable  passing  bridges
1. In order to be … one must always be different. Coco Chanel

2. I despise the Lottery. There is less chance of you becoming
a millionaire than there is of getting hit on the head by a …
asteroid. Brian May
3. We build too many walls and not enough … . Isaac Newton
4. Learn from yesterday, live for today, hope for tomorrow.
The important thing is not to stop … . Albert Einstein
5. We keep moving forward, opening new doors and doing
new things because we are curious and … keeps leading us down
new paths. Walt Disney
6. Solving big problems is easier than … little problems.
Sergey Brin
7. Being the richest man in the cemetery doesn’t matter to
me. Going to bed at night saying I’ve done something … , that’s
what matters to me. Steve Jobs
8. I think a simple rule of business is, if you do the things
that are easier first, then you can actually make a lot of … .
Mark Zuckerberg
9. Obstacles are those frightful things you see when you take
your eyes off your … . Henry Ford
b. Compare with your partner. Discuss any differences that you have.
Argue your point of view.
c. Listen and check your answers.
d. Choose three quotations which you like best. Compare the results
with your partner’s.
e. Share with the whole class. Which quotation is the most

popular one?
117
LESSON 9. Collection of aphorisms

1. Use the Internet or the library to make a collection of aphorisms.
2. Create a booklet of your favourite aphorisms. Put them into groups
according to the topic / author / message.
3. Add pictures, drawings, portraits of the authors. Use different
colours and fonts.
4. Choose several aphorisms you like best. Think of a task for your
classmates based on these quotations. You can look through your
course book for inspiration.
5. Type up the task and make multiple copies for your classmates.

1. Play the role of a teacher. Explain what task your classmates have
to do.
2. Allow your classmates some time to fulfil the task.
3. Check the results. Think of a reward for the best answer(s).
4. Vote for the best booklet and the best task based on aphorisms.
LESSON 10. Culture corner. Tata
Communicative area: discussing a great person’s

biography, listening and reading for detail
1. a. Work in pairs. Answer the questions.
1. How old are you? 2. What important things have you done
so far? 3. Have there been any interesting events in your life?
4. What do you think you will be doing when you are twenty-
seven? 5. Do you think you will have done a lot by that time?
118
b. The pictures below illustrate news items from 1990. Guess the
story behind them. The number twenty-seven plays an important role
7
in the story.
2
1
3
c. Read the news item. What does it tell you about the person in the
news? How do you think he was feeling?
11 February 1990. Freedom for Nelson Mandela

Nelson Mandela, the leader of the movement to end
South-African apartheid, has been freed from prison after
twenty-seven years...
d. Match the captions with the pictures.
a) Nelson Mandela graffiti by Thierry Ehrmann in the Abode

of Chaos museum, France;
b) The flag of South Africa, adopted in 1994;
c) Nelson Mandela’s prison cell on Robben Island.
e. Have you heard about the man in the news? What do you know
about him?
2. a. Read the questions from a radio programme on Nelson Mandela.

Put them in a logical order.
1. What education did he get? 2. How did Mandela get to jail?

3. When and where was he born? 4. How was South Africa ruled?
5. What was apartheid? 6. How did he become President? 7. How
did the world honour Mandela? 8. Who is Nelson Mandela?
9. What job did he choose? 10. What was the ANC? 11. What
was Mandela’s role in doing away with apartheid? 12. How did
he get out of prison?
119
b. Listen to the programme to check yourselves.
c. Listen again and take notes of the answers. Compare with

your partner. What surprises you most in Mandela’s life story?
3. Read the amazing facts about Nelson Mandela. Which of them is

the most amazing to you? Share with your classmates.
Amazing Nelson Mandela facts

1. Mandela has a species of spider, a nuclear particle (the
“Mandela particle”), a prehistoric woodpecker (Australopicus
nelsonmandelai) and an orchid (Paravanda Nelson Mandela)
named after him.
2. A statue of Nelson Mandela stands in Parliament Square,
London. In prison and afterwards Mandela got up early, at 4.30.
He began each day with exercises.
3. Nelson Mandela received honorary degrees from more
than 50 international universities worldwide.
4. Mandela was an honorary member of Manchester United.
5. He was the first living person to be made an honorary
Canadian citizen in 2001, the last ever Lenin Peace Prize winner.
6. Nelson Mandela’s favourite breakfast was plain porridge,
with fresh fruit and fresh milk.
4. a. Choose a Nelson Mandela’s quote which you think is the best.

Explain your choice. Compare with your classmates.
1. It always seems impossible until it’s done.

2. The greatest glory in living lies not in “never falling”, but
in “rising every time we fall”.
3. Do not judge me by my successes, judge me by how many
times I fell down and got back up again.
4. Education is the most powerful weapon which you can use
to change the world.
5. If you talk to a man in a language he understands, that
goes to his head. If you talk to him in his language – that goes
to his heart.
6. If you want to make peace with your enemy, you have to
work with your enemy. Then he becomes your partner.
120
7. No one is born hating another person because of the colour
of his skin, or his background, or his religion. People must
7
learn to hate, and if they can learn to hate, they can be taught
to love, for love comes more naturally to the human heart than
its opposite.
b. Find examples of Conditionals in the quotes. Translate them into

your language.
5. a. Which words from the active vocabulary list for Unit 7 can be
used to speak about Nelson Mandela?
Genius, to have a genius for, to show a sign of genius, an

evil genius, exceptional, masterful, notable, outstanding,
phenomenal, renowned, unique, quest, to question, society,
to procrastinate, nurture, inattentive, poor, persistence,
solid, upbringing, mischievous, mentor, unsociable, immoral,
dishonest, immortal, unbelievable, impossible, interplanetary,
co-author, to embody, entrepreneur, conventional.
b. Work in pairs. Take turns to use one of the words from the list to
recall a fact about Nelson Mandela.
LESSON 11. Speaking corner. Debate

1. a. Look through the list of topics for a debate.
There are no women geniuses in the history of the humanity.
Artificial Intelligence (AI) will replace geniuses.
Geniuses are born, not made.

All geniuses are mad.
b. Which of the debate topics…
1. is the most controversial? 2. is the easiest to discuss?

3. is the most difficult to discuss? 4. needs a lot of preparation?
5. doesn’t need much preparation?
121
2. Read the rules of debates. Fill in each gap with one word.
Two teams are going to argue against (1. …) other. Team 1 is

in favour of the statement. Team 2 is (2. …) it. The members of
the teams get some time to prepare. They should make a (3. …)
of arguments to support their view. It is also a good idea to
predict the arguments the (4. …) team may present. Each team
then decides who is going to present which argument and in
which order. Each member of the (5. …) is supposed to speak at
least once.
Teams argue their cases by a) presenting their arguments;
b) rebutting the arguments of the (6. …) team; c) summarising
their position. The affirmative side is the first to speak up. Then
follows the response from the (7. …) side. It is (8. …) allowed
to interrupt the speaker. The audience are not allowed to
participate in the debate.
Round 1
Both teams present their arguments. Each speaker is given
two (9. …) to speak. When the time runs out, the speaker is
supposed to close their speech or be stopped. The team
members are supposed to note down the other team’s (10. …).
The teams have two minutes to prepare the rebuttal of their
opponents’ (11. …).
Round 2
Both teams rebut their opponent’s arguments and prepare
the summary of their (12. …).
Round 3
The teams summarise their views and make final comments.
The teacher asks the audience / the judges if they have been
convinced by the teams’ arguments. The audience / the judges
are invited to (13. …) with a show of hands.
3. Hold a debate.
122
LESSON 12. Progress check 7
speaking skills
I. READING
Be as great as Aesop
No other ancient Greek author has been read, translated,
adapted, printed or illustrated more than Aesop. Who was
Aesop? Did he even exist?
Aesop is the name of an ancient fabulist.
Legend has it that Aesop lived in the sixth
century BC in Samos, a Greek island. Some
researchers say that he was originally from
Ethiopia. Biographers describe him as an
ugly, deformed dwarf1. Aesop was born
a slave, and in his lifetime two different
masters owned him before he became a free
man. One of his masters gave him freedom
as a reward for his wit and intelligence. As a
free man, he travelled a lot telling his fables
along the way.
The citizens of Delphi thought that Aesop had been giving
them bad publicity, so they set a trap for him putting a golden
bowl in his baggage. He was caught as a thief and condemned2 to
death by being pushed off a cliff. Nowadays, nobody knows the
names of those who killed him, but the name of Aesop is familiar
to millions.
Each of Aesop’s fables has a moral. Many of the morals,
sayings and proverbs featured in Aesop’s fables are well-known
today. Two prominent fabulists – Jean de La Fontaine from
1 dwarf – карлик / карлiк

2 condemned – осужден / асуджаны
123
France and Ivan Krylov from Russia – both borrowed ideas from
Aesop’s fables.
Aesopian language is a special type of allegorical writing
used in literature, criticism, and journalism at times when
literary activity is denied freedom of expression. The Russian
press between the late 18th and the early 20th century used
this technique as a reaction against oppression of freedom.
Allegorical fairy-tale descriptions were typical of M.E. Salty-
kov-Shchedrin and were later used by M. A. Bulgakov, K. Čapek,
and other renowned authors of various genres. Here is a fable by
Aesop to illustrate the point.
The Lion and His three Councillors
The Lion called the Sheep to him to ask her if his breath
smelled. She said yes, and he bit off her head for being a fool.
He called the Wolf and asked him as well. The Wolf said no, and
the Lion tore him to pieces for being a flatterer1. Finally, he
called the Fox and asked him the same question. However, the
Fox apologised profusely2 and told the Lion he had somehow
caught a cold and could not smell.
Wise men say nothing in dangerous times.
2. The article offers an example of Aesop’s fable followed by a moral.

Read it aloud.
3. What facts from Aesop’s biography do you find surprising?
4. What kind of legacy did Aesop leave for his descendants?
1 flatterer – льстец / лiслiвец

2 profusely – обильно / шчодра
124
II. LISTENING 7
1. Listen and answer the questions.
1. What are the paradoxes of

Vladimir Muliavin’s biography?
2. What is Muliavin’s contribution
to Belarusian culture?
3. How is Vladimir Muliavin
remembered in Belarus?
III. SPEAKING
1. What can you tell me about the role of the individual in
social development?
2. Do great people have impact on history?
3. Ask me about the great people of English-speaking
countries.
4. What advice can you give me on how to become a
polymath?
5. If you were to name the greatest person in the history of
Belarus, who would it be and why?
125
UNIT 8
MASS MEDIA
LESSON 1. What is mass media?
Communicative area: exploring and explaining what

mass media is
Active vocabulary: the (mass) media, multimedia, reach,
outreach, influence, credibility
1. a. Read the definitions of the words.
The mass media are different sources of information

about various aspects of life in society, such as newspapers,
magazines, radio, television and the internet. The mass media
reaches a lot of people and influences them.
the (mass) media  (Br. E.) / (mass) media
(Am. E.) – (n., pl. of medium, countable) [singular or plural verb],
e.g.: The news media are discussing the news of the government.
The media plays a significant role in shaping people’s opinions.
Multimedia means using video, audio and images in addition
to texts in digital products, e.g. in presentations, on web sites,
in online newspapers, etc., which are on a screen.
Reach somebody (v., tr.) – to come to somebody’s attention.
Influence somebody/something (v., tr.) – to change the
development of somebody or something without any order or force.
Credibility (n., uncount.) – someone’s quality that makes
other people believe them.
126
b. Check if you remember the words below. 8
(The) media is closely connected
with a few other words: communication,
communications, means of communi-
cation, communicate something.
c. Explain what mass media is. Work in pairs.
2. a. Listen and read the text about mass media and explain
the meaning of the words in italics. Be ready to mention at least
5 facts about mass media. Work in pairs.
Mass media is used to communicate ideas, thoughts,

or to inform people about different events and news in all
spheres of life. Transmitting
information is possible with
the use of modern means of
communication. Throughout
history means of communication
appeared as a result of advancing
technologies, from pigeon post
thousands of years ago to print
and to the greatest inventions of the 19th – 21st centuries,
such as the telegraph and the telephone, the radio and TV, text
messaging and the Internet.
The Internet revolutionised our life. It appeared in the 1970s
in the United States, and it became known and available to
general public in the early 1990s. At the beginning of 2020, about
4.5 billion, which is more than a half of the world’s population,
were Internet users. The Internet gave rise to the development
of new forms of distance communication: LinkedIn – 2002,
MySpace – 2003, Facebook – 2004, YouTube – 2005, Twitter –
2006, Instagram – 2010, Zoom Video Communications – 2011.
In 2020 Zoom’s daily online meetings participants were over
300 million.
It’s obvious that the 21st century saw a real boom in
developing various social networks, podcasts, blogs and vlogs,
and a variety of platforms for distance learning, both national
and international. These new forms of communication make it
127
possible for any person in the world to create their own content
and place it on different websites, including their own.
Despite huge amounts of
information on the Internet,
the role of traditional mass
media is still significant in
influencing people’s minds and
behaviour. At the same time,
the mass media have adapted
to the requirements of the new
reality and every newspaper,
radio station or TV channel have moved their presence to the
Internet to increase their outreach through web sites, apps and
podcasts. Online newspapers take advantage of multimedia
possibilities, including not only images, but audios and videos
as well.
At the core of the media is storytelling. Stories are told by
correspondents, journalists, writers, show masters and show
guests, scientists, podcast hosts, etc. Though mass media has
interactive formats, such as interviews, talk shows, commenting
on pieces of news, videos, social network posts, it is the author of
the story who influences the minds of readers or listeners most
of all. So, credibility becomes issue number one in mass media,
which is two-sided: credibility of the source of information, and
credibility of the storyteller.
b. Add the new facts about mass media to what you already know.
Work in groups of three. Whose story about mass media is the most
detailed?
3. a. Look through the information about reading newspapers.

What’s the key point of the given information?
The data of Pew Research Centre show that digital

newspapers are leading sources of information. Newspapers
remain relevant in today’s internet age. In 2020, 26% of US
grown-up population got news from digital newspapers, news
apps and websites, 11% named social media as the main source
of information, and only 5% read print newspapers.
128
b. Do brief research in your class to see the tendency. Choose one
main source of information for you:
8
TV Most often news website radio
digital newspaper SOCIAL MEDIA newspaper app
print newspaper I get news from
c. Collect the answers from each student to see the preferred sources
of information.
4. What is your favourite media? Why? Write 10–12 sentences

to answer this question.
LESSON 2. What's in a newspaper

and mass media?
Communicative area: exploring and describing the

contents of a newspaper and expressing personal attitude
to different types of information
Active vocabulary: article, front page, editorial, feature,
op-ed, advertisement, announcement, headline, news
hook; (the) news, crime; financial
1. Read the statistics and share your opinion with your classmates.
1. Why are newspapers so popular?

2. What would the world be without news?
3. What information can you find in a newspaper?
Looking at the contents of newspapers we can say that the
type of information presented in other sources of mass media
will be just the same, because mass media grew from the roots
of newspapers. The first newspapers appeared in the late Middle
Ages in Germany. It was a newsletter of a trading family, and it
contained information about goods and services and their prices.
Newspapers with political news, both local and international
129
appeared in Western European countries from 1605 in Belgium
till 1661 in Poland, including Switzerland, England, France,
Denmark, Italy and Sweden in between.
Today newspapers all over the world have high numbers of
circulation, but there are shifts in print newspapers circulation
due to the development of the Internet. For example, the Wall
Street Journal, the largest newspaper in the United States, had a
circulation of about 3,086 million copies (including 0.754 million
print copies and nearly 2,256 million online subscriptions as of
December 2020).
Top UK daily newspapers include the Sun (2,279,492
copies), Daily Mail (1,821,684) and Daily Mirror (1,032,144).
(Newspaper Circulation Figures Based on March 2013 ABC
National Daily Newspapers Report).
2. a. Complete the information about newspaper contents using the

correct words.
weather  a lifestyle section  news  an entertainment

section  a health section
A newspaper contains:
1. front-page articles – editorials, feature articles, op-eds;
2. … – news about world events (foreign news); news
about national events and local events (home news): political,
economic, business, financial, cultural, sports, science and
technology, music, crime;
3. – stories about …, short-term and long-term forecasts;
4. ... – travel, fashion houses, eating out, cooking, hobbies
and pastimes, cars information about cars and advice columns;
5. ... – science, medicine, fitness and nutrition, mental
health (mind) and physical health (body);
6. ... – TV and radio guides , film (Am. E. movie)
reviews, book reviews, comics, puzzles, stories, poems, novels;
7. advertisements (ads) – classifieds  (e.g. jobs,
sales), displays, about concerts, plays;
8. announcements – about births, marriages, deaths.
130
b. Guess the meanings of the words in bold, using the definitions
below.
8
Article (n., count.)  – a piece of writing about a
particular subject that is published in a newspaper or magazine
(or on an internet site).
Editorial (n., count.)  – a leading newspaper
article (US), or a leader in the UK, in which editors of newspapers
give the paper’s opinion on the most important news or subject.
Feature (n., count.)  – a newspaper or magazine
article that concentrates on a particular, special subject.
Op-ed adjective, mainly American  – an op-ed
piece of writing is the one that expresses someone’s opinion and
is printed on the page opposite the editorials (=articles giving the
newspaper’s official opinions).
News (n., uncount.)  – information about recent events
that is reported in newspapers, on television or radio, and the
internet.
The news – a television or radio broadcast that gives you
information about recent events, read by a newsreader.
Financial (adj.)  – involving money.
Crime (n., count.)  – illegal activities.
Advertisement (ad) (n., count.)  – a short
film on television or short article on radio that is made to persuade
people to buy something.
Announcement (n., count.)  – a short
statement in a newspaper, often about a birth, death, or marriage.
c. Close your books and play a memory game “What's in a

newspaper?”
3. a. Look through the headlines and news hooks of newspaper

articles. What section do they refer to?
Headline (n., count.)  – the title of a newspaper

story that is printed in large letters.
News hook – a short piece of information, a catchy
introduction sentence that is intended to attract the readers’
attention.
131
How to foster compassion1 in children
Are the ideas on offer to reform America’s schools really the
best we can come up with?
Nigeria takes steps to develop infrastructure

Nigeria, the most populated country on the African continent,
offers plenty of opportunities for international investment.
The brain mechanism behind

your inner voice
How can we “hear” ourselves speak even
when we are not speaking aloud? Research
published this month suggests that the same
mechanism () that means we
cannot tickle2 ourselves is responsible...
Ready, set, go! Adventure awaits you

in Finger Lakes Wine Country, New York
With its rolling hills and striking blue skies, Finger Lakes
Wine Country is simply breathtaking. It offers opportunity for
adventure, whether your idea of a holiday time is a hike up a
gorge3 or a leisurely afternoon in a paddleboat4.
Sky News UK
Thursday 08 August 2021. Fog will clear to sunny skies
across England and Wales this morning.
Snoring: The (not-so) Silent Killer

Have you been suffering from mysterious headaches? Are
you tired in the middle of the day? Are you moody?
Amazingly, the root of all these problems may just be your
snoring5. And unfortunately, snoring may be the sign of a whole
range of other, more serious health problems.
foster compassion  – воспитывать сострадание /

1
выхоўваць спачуванне
2 tickle – щекотать / казытаць
3 gorge – ущелье / цясніна
4 paddleboat – водный велосипед / водны веласіпед
5 snoring – храп / храп
132
Death Valley: Hot enough
to fry an egg?
8
Death Valley in the US is considered
the hottest place on Earth and in the
middle of a heat wave, temperatures are
pushing 50 C (120 F).
Art thief's mother may

have burned priceless
paintings
Authorities are investigating a
claim (расследуют заявление /
раследуюць заяву) that the
mother of a suspected Romanian
art thief burned priceless pictures
by Picasso, Monet and Matisse in an effort to keep investigators
off the trail of her son1.
Reading the world in 196 books

Writer Ann Morgan set herself a
challenge – to read a book from every
country in the world in one year. She
describes the experience and what she
learnt.
Businesses reopen,
but not all
The list of businesses that will
not open on 12 April 202.. after
easing corona virus lockdown
restrictions2, and when they can
welcome back customers.
b. What's typical of headlines?
1 to keep investigators off the trail – сбить следователей со сле-

да / збіць следчых са следу
2 lockdown restrictions – карантинные ограничения / каран-
цінныя абмежаванні
133
c. Which of the articles would you like to read? Explain your choice.
Useful language box

I find (cultural news) interesting / amusing / thrilling /
exciting / fascinating / touching / moving / boring /
entertaining.
I am (feel) amused / interested when reading articles
about …
(Science) news keeps me excited …
Such articles are full of useful (serious, complicated)
information / interesting facts / valuable opinions / humour
and fun.
I don’t mind reading (editorials).
I’m not interested in / I’m not keen on reading (the
travel section).
And I can’t stand (the technology section).
d. Listen to your classmates and decide which the most popular

read is.
Useful language box

The results of this research are easily predictable / quite
unexpected.
Most of my classmates prefer to read articles about …
Why does the choice predominate? It’s (not) easy to
explain.
I guess it’s because such type of information is …
4. Make sure you understand the following quotation and write

10–15 sentences to explain it:1
To look at the paper is to raise a seashell to one's ear and to be

overwhelmed by the roar of humanity.
Alain de Botton1
1
Alain de Botton (born 20 December 1969) – a Swiss/British writer,
philosopher and television presenter, resident in the United Kingdom.
134
LESSON 3. What kind of news 8
do you prefer?
Communicative area: listening to people who speak about

reading newspapers and explaining one’s own reading
habits and preferences; giving advice about (on) reading
newspapers
Active vocabulary: look through, tend to do something,
scan (scan through), find out, go on, check, keep
(somebody) up to date with, bring somebody up to date
with, go through something, turn to something, focus
on, pick up, put off, there and then
1. With your class, discuss the following questions:

Is it important to read news? Why (not)?
Is it interesting and exciting to learn what is going on in the
world? Why (not)?
2. a. Take down notes. Listen to the people and answer the

questions:
1. What part of the newspaper do they read first? Why?
2. What are their other preferences? Why?
Asako, Japan Mitchel, Hawaii Anita, Taiwan Greg, USA
b. Read the sentences and guess the meaning of the words in bold.
Use the explanations below.
1. I look through a TV guide and some entertainment news.
2. I usually tend to read the sports section first.
135
3. However, when I look through the Internet news sites,
I scan the headlines very fast.
4. I read more attentively to find out what's going on in the world.
5. I start with the front-page articles to check top current news.
6. The Island Style section keeps me up to date with local news.
7. When I get to the sports page, I give up reading the paper.
8. I scan the headlines very fast.
9. When sport is finished, I turn to a more serious stuff like
world news.
10. I go through the front page first, and then I focus on
international news.
11. I check the currency exchange rates as well.
look through  (phr. v.) – to read something quickly,

especially to find the information you need
tend to do something (intrans. v.) – to usually do a particular thing
scan (scan through) (trans./intrans.) – to read something very
quickly, in order to get a general idea of its meaning or to find
particular information
find out (phr. v., trans. / intrans.) – to discover a fact or piece
of information
go on (with something) (phr. v., intrans.) – to continue an
activity
check (trans. / intrans. v.) – to look at writing or pictures in
order to get information about something
keep (somebody) up to date with – to provide the latest
information to someone or for something
bring somebody up to date with – to provide someone with
the most recent information
give up something / doing something – (phr. v.) to stop
doing something that you do regularly
go through something (phr. v.) – to examine or search
something very carefully
turn to something – to start thinking about, discussing
(or reading) something new
focus on – to concentrate on something and pay particular
attention to it
put off smth / doing smth (phr. v.) – delay doing something
pick up smth (phr. v.) – lift someone or something
there and then (phrase) – immediately at that moment and
in that place
136
c. Listen again and match the phrases (ex. 2b) with the 8
speakers.
d. What is the most popular news section?
3. a. Read and complete what people from all over the world say
about reading newspapers. Use the active vocabulary. What are the
most popular sections?
Speaker 1: I usually (1. …) the newspaper first, because it’s
the fastest way to get an idea of the nation’s top news. After
(2. …) the headlines, I (3. …) the lifestyle and entertainment
sections. Since I love fashion, arts and music, I spend a bit
longer. After that, I go to classified ads, taking note of some
jobs (to share with some of my friends looking for work). For me,
reading a newspaper is like dining where to complete my meal,
I must eat the dessert. And that’s the magazine…
Speaker 2: The first part of the newspaper that I love
to read is the editorial because it’s where I can (4. …) about
important issues. Next I (5. …) international news, health and
entertainment sections, and the horoscope. I don’t like reading
about those horrible crimes.
Speaker 3: I (6. …) scan first to grasp the events. Then,
I (7. …) international news followed by national news, and (8. …)
with the sports column. I spend maximum time on the editorials.
They give good analysis of the current events (though sometimes
they give the opinion of the editor alone). Indian newspapers
have columns on spirituality, I read them through. In Sunday
editions, I read the astrological forecast, and a little bit of the
lifestyle and other lighter stuff too.
Speaker 4: I (9. …) the paper in the following order: front-
page news, world news, local news and financial news.
Speaker 5: The first section I care for while I am reading a
newspaper is international news, then local news because I like
(10. …) with the events which happen all over the world and also
because I love politics and I love to read about everything related
to politics.
b. Listen to check your answers.
c. Read again and answer: What are the most popular sections?
137
4. a. Write 6–8 sentences about the type of news you tend to
follow. Are you most interested in sports, entertainment and culture,
politics, science and health, style and fashion, business, local news
about your community or national or world news?
b. Work in pairs. Speak about your preferences.
5. Give your classmate advice about reading a newspaper or a

newspaper section, based on what you have heard about their
preferences.
Useful language box

I think you should read more about … . It can be really
catching. It’s interesting to be up to date on different news.
I advise you to focus on … as well.
It is also recommended to check … regularly. It can keep
you up to date.
6. Write a brief article about your reading preferences for the

world forum.
LESSON 4. Talk to an editor
Communicative area: reporting questions and

statements about newspaper content
Active grammar: Reported questions and statements
1. a. Brainstorm with your class how much work goes into making
a newspaper.
b. Listen and check your ideas.
2. a. Editors, reporters, columnists and correspondents communicate

with the readers of their newspapers to get feedback on their work.
Read the reader’s feedback questions (left column) and answer: Why
is the section criticised? Do you think the criticism is fair?
138
Readers to the travel reporter
The travel reporter to the 8
editor-in-chief
(Direct speech)
(Reported speech)
Statements
I get disappointed because One of the readers wrote he

the travel reporting is so got disappointed because the
focused on luxury travel. travel reporting was so focused
on luxury travel.
The travel reporter spends He thought that the travel
more in a day than I would in a reporter spent more in a day than
week on a similar trip. he would in a week on a similar
trip.
This poses two questions. That posed two questions.
Questions
Is the practical advice They asked if the practical

(restaurants, hotels, etc.) advice (restaurants, hotels, etc.)
generally useful to me and to was generally useful to them and
most people? to most people.
Will the place described They wanted to know
be of interest to us? (Michael whether the place described
McCoy) would be of interest to them.
When will the travel One more reader wondered

section start reporting for when the travel section would
those readers who earn less start reporting for those readers
than $150,000 a year? (Adam who earned less than $150,000
Bloch) a year?
Feedback – comments about how well or how badly someone

is doing something, which are aimed at helping them do it better.
b. Read the travel reporter’s account (right column) which he gave

to the editor-in-chief1.
1 editor-in-chief  – главный редактор / галоўны

рэдактар
139
c. Reported Speech: statements. Compare the direct statements
with the reported ones and answer the questions:
What verbs introduce reported statements? What tenses

are used in the sentences with direct speech and reported
speech? Why? What are the other differences?
d. Reported speech: questions. Compare the direct questions

with the reported ones and answer the following questions:
What verbs are used to report questions? What

conjunctions are used in reported questions? Why? What are
the differences between direct and reported questions? What
tenses are used in direct and reported questions? Why? Are
reported questions questions or statements?
e. Compare the word order in direct questions and reported

questions. Go to page 213/229 for more information.
3. a. Read the continuation of the chat room. Match the questions

with the answers.
Q1. Could you explain the thinking behind the “On

Education” column? I frequently enjoy the stories told in the
space, but I have a question to ask: Why does the news column
often allow its reporters’ opinions to shine through? (Andy
Guess)
Q2. Why are there so many grammatical errors in your

newspaper? I grew up hearing that I should polish my English
grammar by reading your newspaper, but over the past couple
of years I’ve got the impression that many of your writers
must not even have graduated from high school! (Peter Kurz)
Q3. Could you maybe explain why the models look so

angry? It’s awfully hard to pay attention to the clothing when
the model is wearing a “hate you” look. (P.H.T., Michigan)
140
Q4. Why do you call it Home and Garden when you have
8
fewer and fewer articles on gardening and plants? (Jeff
Kargas)
Home reporter
A1. So sorry to hear that it seems as if we are doing less on
gardening. But from our point of view, that is not the case.
We’ve been pretty consistent in our gardening coverage. Our
longtime garden columnist, Anne R., writes three times a month
in the spring, summer and fall, and twice a month in the winter.
Stephen O. answers questions from readers in the ‘Garden Q
and A’ that is found on the same page.
In addition, we run feature articles on gardens that we find
particularly interesting.
Education editor
A2. That’s a very good question and one that many readers
might wonder about. The thinking behind such columns is that
they provide a different kind of reading experience. They are a
regular feature by a particular writer. They offer a lot of original
reporting and yet, they do give the writers an opportunity
to develop their own voice and have a personal viewpoint.
The way the column is boxed in the newspaper with its own
“On Education” headline indicates that this is not a news story.
Deputy news editor
A3. I get versions of this question all the time, and I’m sure
I’ll see more this week, so I may as well try to answer it now.
Often, such questions include some variation of the
everything-was-better-long-ago theme. Many readers believe
that there were fewer factual errors, fewer typos, fewer
grammatical mistakes back in the old days. I honestly don’t know
if this is true, though the perception worries me. I do take a bit of
comfort in the fact that I’ve been hearing similar complaints for
all of the 17 years I’ve been at the newspaper. Or maybe things
really were better up until 17 years ago, when I started working.
In this case, this is really something to worry about.
141
Fashion critic
A4. Ah, the strange world of runway1 models! You know,
the 50s and 60s saw beautiful models like Suzy Parker and her
sister Dorian Leigh . In the early 90s, when the supers first
appeared on the runway — Naomi, Linda, Christy and others —
we were all struck by their beauty and command, but the main
difference between then and now is that those models were
presented to the public by photographers like Irving Penn and
Richard Avedon. Consequently, no bad qualities showed.
b. Read again and answer the questions.
1. Do you think the newspaper has enough coverage of
garden matters?
2. Does an author have the right to express his opinion in
an article?
3. What’s the real reason for a respectable newspaper to be
making mistakes?
4. Does the look of models depend on the photographer?
c. Rate one question and answer here as the most interesting.
d. Report the questions in the chat room to the editor-in-chief of

the newspaper. Use the grammar notes.
To ask a reported question, you

1. Decide on the tense and type of the direct question – general,
alternative or special.
2. Introduce the reported question. Use
 asked, wondered,
 wanted to know / to learn / to hear / to find out,
 was interested to know / to learn / to hear / to find out
3. Place the conjunction:
 if, whether – for general and alternative questions,
 what, who, when, why, where, how, etc. for special questions.
4. Change the word order of the direct question to turn it into a
statement, simultaneously shifting its tense according to the rule
of the Sequence of Tenses.
1 runway (Am. E.) = catwalk (Br. E.) – подиум / подыум

142
e. Report the answers (statements) in the chat room to the 8
editor-in-chief of the newspaper. Use the note. Change the tenses
of the underlined verbs.
To report a statement you

1. Introduce the reported statement with an introductory verb:
 said, answered, added, reported, stressed, wrote that /
why / where …
 told smb, informed smb that / why / where …
 let smb know that / why / where …
 explained to smb, wrote to smb that / why / where …
2. Pay attention to the tense of the direct statement, the pronouns
and adverbs that have to be changed.
3. Shifting its tense according to the rule of the Sequence of Tenses.
4. Change the pronouns and adverbs.
4. a. Read the complete answers of the travel reporter and compare

it with your own previous answers. Were you right or wrong?
Travel reporter
Dear Mr McCoy and Mr Bloch, thank you
for these thoughtful comments, which have
been echoed by a few of your fellow readers.
But let me rephrase your questions and try
to answer it as best as I can: Is the Travel
section written only for rich people?
The answer is no.
There are, however, reasons why you see
extensive coverage of luxury resorts, hotels
or trendy restaurants in this section. First
of all, we are a newspaper section and thus must cover the news
on a timely basis. And the news in the world of travel often
includes where new hotels are being built, where new resorts are
being developed, and where airlines are adding new routes. And
many of these are, in fact, aimed at higher-income travellers.
We cannot ignore that. But we can balance this sort of coverage
with more affordable alternatives, and that we do as well, even
if some of our readers don’t feel we do enough of it.
143
We search for good deals for our readers. For the past two
years, we have done special reports on Affordable Europe, in
which we have found good hotels and restaurants, even in capital
cities, where you can spend a night and have satisfying meals at
manageable prices. We have also discovered inviting B&Bs at
half the price and with twice the charm of better-known hotels.
b. Get ready to report the travel reporter’s answer. Work in pairs.
c. Listen to other students’ reports and evaluate them from the point
of view of their factual and grammatical correctness.
5. Read the deputy news editor’s answer to the reader’s criticism

and write a brief report of his answer. Use reported speech (not less
than 10 sentences).
LESSON 5. Mass media of the UK:

newspapers and magazines
Communicative area: reading and speaking in brief

about UK’s newspapers and magazines
Active vocabulary: daily, weekly, broadsheet, tabloid,
compact, journalistic, supplementary, subscribe to,
subscriber, subscription, sensationalist, stablemate
Active grammar: the use of article with the names
of newspapers and magazines
1. a. Read the following information and answer: What’s happening

to the British press? Can you guess why?
Mass media of the United Kingdom consist of several

different types of communication media: television, radio,
newspapers, magazines, and the Internet.
The British press
The press is very important for people in the UK since they
read a lot. It is a tradition to start a morning with a newspaper
144
8
1 2 3
in your hands. A great amount of newspapers is issued and sold

in Britain daily.
UK newspapers could be divided into more serious 
newspapers, usually referred  to as the broadsheets due
to their large size, or as “the quality press”, and less serious
newspapers, generally known as tabloids, or as “the popular
press”, which focus more on celebrities and human interest
stories rather than political or economic news. The tabloids in
turn can be split into the more sensationalist mass market titles,
or “red tops”, such as The Sun and The Mirror, and the middle-
market papers, The Daily Express and The Daily Mail.
Both The Independent and The Times have changed in recent
years to a compact format , not much bigger
than that used by tabloids. The Guardian moved in September
2005 to what is described as a “Berliner” format, slightly larger
than a compact. Its Sunday stablemate The Observer has since
followed the size.
Other Sunday broadsheets, including The Sunday Times,
which tend to have a large amount of supplementary (additional)
sections, have kept their larger sized format. The national
Sunday titles usually have a different layout and style to their
weekly sister papers, and are produced by separate journalistic
and editorial staff.
All the major (main) UK newspapers currently have websites,
some of which provide free access. The Times and The Sunday
Times have a paywall requiring payment on a per-day or per-
month basis for non-subscribers. The Financial Times business
daily also has limited access for non-subscribers.
145
b. Look through the text again and guess the meaning of the words
in bold. Check with the class.
Stablemate (n., count.) – a member of a group of people

such as artists or sports players whose careers are managed by
the same person or company.
Subscribe (to) (v., intrans.)  – to pay money so
that you will regularly receive copies of a newspaper or magazine.
2. a. Read and match the titles of magazines with their content

description.
Magazines
A large number of magazines are sold in the United
Kingdom covering a wide range of interests and topics. Here
are British magazines and journals that have achieved worldwide
circulation:
1 2 3 4
The Economist Nature New Scientist Private Eye
5 6 7 8
Hello! The Spectator Radio Times NME
a) an English-language weekly news and international affairs

publication;
b) a biweekly British satirical and current affairs magazine;
146
c) a weekly non-peer-reviewed (нерецензируемый / які не
рэцэнзуецца) English-language international science magazine;
8
d) a weekly British conservative magazine, covering politics
and culture;
e) a prominent journal, publishing original research across a
wide range of scientific fields;
f) the New Musical Express, a music weekly published in the
UK since March 1952;
g) a weekly magazine specialising in celebrity news and
human-interest stories;
h) a British weekly television and radio programme listings
magazine.
b. Listen and check your guesses. Which of the magazines

would you choose for reading? Why?
3. The use of the articles with the names of newspapers and

magazines.
a. Look at the titles of newspapers and magazines and work out the rule.
b. Read the rule below and compare it with your guesses. Go to page
217/233 for more information.
“The” is used in English with the names of daily newspapers

as well as with some journals or periodicals, e.g. The Times,
The Observer, The Guardian, The Economist. But magazines
don’t usually take the definite article: HELLO!, Newsweek,
New Scientist, e.g. One of the reporters for The Times made a
reference to an article in New Scientist.
4. What formats are the British newspapers? Complete the text. Use
the words from the box. Check with your classmates.
Broadsheet  compact  tabloid  Berliner
The (1. …) is the largest of the various newspaper formats

and is characterised by long vertical pages (560 millimetres).
147
A (2. …) newspaper is a broadsheet-quality newspaper printed
in a (3. …) format, especially one in the United Kingdom.
A (4. …) newspaper is almost the same size as a (5. …), but it’s
the functional opposite of red top, or tabloids, called so because
their nameplates tend to be red. (6. …), or “midi”, is a newspaper
format with pages normally measuring about 315 mm  470 mm.
The (7. …) format is slightly taller and wider than the (8. …) /
(9. …) format; and is both narrower and shorter than the (10. …)
format.
5. Write your opinion about newspapers and magazines in the

UK. Use 10–15 sentences.
LESSON 6. Mass media of the UK:

radio and TV
Communicative area: reading and speaking in brief

about UK’s radio and TV
Active vocabulary: broadcast (verb, noun), broadcast
something on, broadcast something live
1. a. Listen to the text about radio in the UK and answer the

questions. Use the word definitions below.
What corporation dominates radio services in the UK?
How many languages is the BBC World service broadcast in?
How many national networks and local radio stations does
the BBC operate?
broadcast  – (v., trans./intrans.) to send out

messages or programmes to be received by radios or televisions;
broadcast (something) on;
broadcast (something) live  (= at the moment that it is
happening);
broadcast – (n., count.) a programme that can be seen or
heard on radio or television.
148
b. Match the languages of radio services and the countries. Listen
and check.
8
1. England a) Welsh
2. Scotland b) English
3. Wales c) Gaelic
4. Northern Ireland d) Irish
5. All UK’s countries
c. Listen and match the radio channels and their content.

Which channel would you prefer? Why?
1. classical music performance, programmes dedicated to jazz

and world music, speech programmes, documentaries and drama;
2. a mix of new music and entertainment, news,
documentaries and advice campaigns for young adults;
3. in-depth news, a wide range of drama, comedy and
magazine programmes;
4. a diverse mix of live pop and rock concerts, comedy,
documentaries and religious content.
2. a. Listen to the text about television in the UK and

complete the sentences:
1. The two leading public broadcasting companies are …

2. The two major commercial television companies are …
3. The most watched nationwide television channels, owned
by these companies are …
4. The BBC’s international television news service, …, is
broadcast throughout the world.
5. The BBC first began television broadcasts only for London
in …, and renewed them in …
6. ITV (Independent Television) was originally founded in …
to provide competition to the BBC.
149
7. On … all television broadcasts in the United Kingdom
went digital.
8. Numerous providers deliver free and subscription services
on more than … channels throughout the UK.
9. Freesat, Freesat from Sky, Freeview, the Internet,
BTVision, Orange, Sky TV, Smallworld, T-Mobile, TalkTalk TV,
Vodafone are …, delivering free and …
b. Listen and match the channels and their content.
1. Sporting events, such as cricket and horse racing, reality

shows, such as Big Brother; US programmes in peak viewing
time, for example Friends.
2. Comedy and humour, drama, light plays and series,
weather and sport, documentaries, news, and some children’s
programmes. The most popular TV series are EastEnders and
Doctor Who.
3. Broadcasts a wide variety of entertainment programmes,
such as game shows, imported American drama and reality
television, for example Celebrity Big Brother.
4. A mixed-genre channel, covering arts, culture, knowledge-
building programmes, discussions, adaptations of novels and
films, operas and concerts. Its most popular programme is
Top Gear.
5. Soap operas, such as Coronation Street, reality TV
programmes, e.g. Celebrity Fit Club and Love Island, sports
programmes, drama productions and national news.
3. a. Discuss the British mass media. Work in pairs or in groups.

Use the Useful language box.
What mass media predominate: national or global media?

public or commercial media? serious or tabloid media? new or
old media?
150
Useful language box 8
It’s hard to say whether … predominate. The relation
between … and … looks balanced / unbalanced. On the one
hand, … On the other hand, …
At the same time, I’d like to stress that UK’s mass media
look varied, respectable, and deserves credibility, they offer
good coverage of different interests for different age groups
both nationwide and worldwide.
b. Listen to the groups’ reports. Sum up the dominating opinion.
4. Write your opinion about radio and TV in the UK. Use 10–15
sentences.
LESSON 7. Informed or misinformed?
Communicative area: reading newspaper articles and

evaluating them; discriminating between fact and opinion
1. Discuss the following questions with your classmates:

1. Why is it important to evaluate (оценивать / ацэньваць)
information, especially online?
2. Can you believe everything you read, especially online?
Why or why not?
3. What are the standards for publishing, including
publishing on the Internet?
4. What are some ways to decide if online information is
reliable?
5. What questions should you ask yourself about online
articles?
a. Read the following article. What questions from ex. 1 does it
answer? Think of a title for the article.
Anyone with a computer and Internet access can become an
electronic publisher, sending information to global audience.
While this new medium erupts with information, it also poses
151
an important problem: What is the quality of the information?
Just because a document, article or post appears online doesn’t
mean it contains accurate1 or reliable information. In fact,
online information needs a closer look than print publications,
for newspapers, magazines and professional journals have a long
tradition of journalistic standards . Although2 many
writers and publishers keep to these standards when publishing
on the Web, many don’t. It’s up to you to look at the publication
critically, sorting fact from fiction, from opinion. Whether you
are reading a printed article or an electronic one, a healthy dose
of scepticism is in order.
Why is this important? Serious consequences3 can result
from following medical or legal advice posted in blogs or on
websites. While someone may be well-meaning in offering the
information, can you trust it? Is this person a doctor, a lawyer
or just an individual, expressing their opinion? Does the website
belong to a professional organisation, or some extreme group?
b. On the basis of the article, prepare pieces of advice for Internet
users.
Useful language box
It is recommended (not) to … It is advisable (not) to …
By all means, you ought to … You should (not) …
3. Read the following editorial and evaluate it from the point of view
of high journalistic standards. Work in pairs or groups, and then
check the answers with the class.
a. First read the title and answer:
What do you already know about the topic before reading

the article?
To heal the Earth, put plastic4 in its place
People still discard far more plastic than they recycle.
1 accurate  – точный / дакладны

2 although  – хотя / хаця
3 consequence  – последствие / вынiк
4 plastic  – пластмасса / пластмаса
152
Tens of thousands of volunteers in California gather
regularly at local beach1 and coastal cleanups2. These efforts
8
prevent increasing the amount of marine debris. They also help
heighten3 public understanding of the importance of keeping
the beaches clean and healthy. But they cannot eliminate4 the
source of plastic pollution5. Addressing the problem at its source
will be a major step toward lowering
the high costs of dealing with this
waste6.
The analysis  by the
Natural Resources Defence Council7
of 95 California cities found, that
these communities are spending
significant sums – a total of nearly
$500 million annually8 – cleaning up
litter9 and preventing trash from entering waterways. The Top
3 are Los Angeles ($36.3 million), San Diego ($14 million) and
Long Beach ($13 million).
It’s a huge waste of money that could be invested in other
public services such as schools, firefighting, police departments
or improving public parks and other open spaces10.
This year, the Los Angeles City Council approved11 of a plan
to give up single-use plastic bags, becoming the largest U.S.
city out of 70 other communities across California, which have
banned plastic bags at grocery stores and corner markets. Los
1 beach – пляж / пляж

2 cleanup – наведение порядка / навядзенне парадку; clean up –
наводить порядок / наводзіць парадак
3 heighten ()– увеличивать, ср. high (adj.) – height (n.) /
павялічваць, пар. high (adj.) – height (n.)

4 eliminate – устранять, ликвидировать / устраняць,
ліквідаваць
5 pollution () – загрязнение / забруджванне
6 waste – отходы, ненужная трата / адходы, непатрэбная трата
7 the Natural Resources Defense Council – Совет по защите
природных ресурсов / Савет па абароне прыродных рэсурсаў

8 annually – ежегодно / штогод
9 litter, trash – мусор / смецце
10 space – пространство / прастора
11 approve  of – одобрять / ухваляць
153
Angeles has joined a growing movement to limit1 the use of
plastic bags, that end up in landfills2 or as litter that makes its
way into the ocean.
Food packaging and containers, bottles and bottle caps also
add to plastic pollution because of wrong disposal3. CalRecycle,
the state agency that regulates disposal and recycling, informs
that Californians dump4 3.8 million tons of plastic into state
landfills every year – waste that could be recycled or avoided
altogether.
In fact, we dispose of far more plastic than we recycle or
reuse, much of it into rivers, lakes, beaches and, finally, the
ocean. It kills birds, turtles, dolphins and other marine life,
creates navigational problems, brings costs to local governments
and businesses, and may even threaten human health.
To cope with the problem of plastic litter, waste management
coalitions and oceans groups in California stand for a different
legislation5 that would make producers of plastic packaging
more responsible for this pollution, as they will pay their share
of the costs for street and beach cleanups together with local
governments and residents.
Plastic producers can also play a critical role in helping stop
plastic pollution by designing and promoting new products.
Reusable and recyclable bags, cups and bottles are early examples
of such innovations, but companies need to do more to decrease
packaging or ensure that it is recycled.
We all are responsible for keeping our communities, beaches,
rivers, lakes and oceans clean. It will save marine life, which
depends on healthy ecosystems. It will save people… Aren’t we
all in the same boat on our small planet Earth?
after Karen Garrison, co-director of the Natural Resources

Defence Council's Ocean Programme, the recipient of the 2013
“Hero of the Seas” award.
limit – ограничить / абмежаваць

1
landfill – мусорная яма, свалка / сметнік

2
3 disposal ()– избавление от мусора / пазбаўленне
ад смецця
4 dump – сваливать мусор / звальваць смецце
5 legislation () – законодательство / заканадаўства
154
b. Read the editorial and answer: 8
1. How effective is the headline in summarising the story
and getting the reader’s attention?
2. Does it answer the questions:
Who? (e.g. Who writes the article? Or Who is it about? Or
Who is it addressed to?)
What? (e.g. What is it about? What events does it describe?
What problem is it dedicated to?)
Where? (e.g. Where does the event take place? Where does
the problem arise?)
When? (e.g. When does the event take place? When does
the problem arise?)
Why? (e.g. Why does it happen?)
How? (e.g. How can you evaluate the event? How can the
problem be solved?)
c. Look through the editorial again and evaluate it:
1. Are facts in the story given from the most to least

important?
2. Is its impact international, national or local?
3. Are the sources1 of information reliable?
4. Does the author show his opinion? Is it objective or
biased?
4. Discuss with your classmates and write 10–15 sentences to

answer the questions:
1. What do you think of the

article?
2. What is your personal
attitude to the publication and the
problem described?
3. In your opinion, do the
initiatives mentioned in the text
are really helping?
1 source  – источник / крынiца

155
LESSON 8. Sharing news
Communicative area: reading, retelling, evaluating

and expressing one’s opinion about an article
1. Tell your class what interesting news you have heard today.
2. a. Look through the headlines of the articles below and choose

one for reading and sharing.
A. Cultured beef does not taste good
B. J.K. Rowling reveals herself as secret author of crime novel
C. What fun things can teenagers do over the summer?
b. Read the article and get ready to share the story with your
classmates, answering the questions in Lesson 7, ex. 3.
c. Make groups of three students. In your group, present your stories

in turn. Listen to each presenter and evaluate the presentation as well.
d. With the whole class, compare the opinions of the groups about
the stories. What newspaper section do they belong to? Which of
them do you find most interesting? Why?
3. Find an article in one of the UK or US newspapers on the

Internet, read and write its summary and your opinion about it.
LESSON 9. Make your own newspaper

or site for teenagers
Communicative area: writing a newspaper article on the

topic of interest and present it
156
BEFORE THE PRESENTATION LESSON 8
1. Choose the title for your project; set its aims; describe its content
area; define its ethics policy.
2. Explore the interests and needs of the target audience of your

newspaper – teenagers.
а) the problems that excite teenagers (friendship, love,
relations with grown-ups, choice of profession);
b) important and interesting events which happen at your
school (celebrations, concerts, competitions, conferences,
charity work);
c) what should teenagers know about a healthy lifestyle;
d) the events or people making you feel proud of your town
or city;
e) the places in or near your native village, town or city that
impress you and are worth visiting (museums, cinemas, theatres,
zoos, gardens, houses);
f) scientific discoveries that are worth learning about;
g) books or films which did not leave you cold;
e) would you like to share a book or a film review.
3. Decide what newspaper staff or site developers you need and

distribute tasks among the staff members of your newspaper.
Choose:
a) an editor-in-chief; d) a news editor;
b) a travel reporter; e) a home reporter, etc.
c) a science and technologies reporter;
4. Prepare for writing newspaper articles.

1. choose the topic for your article;
2. talk to the people you need for your publication;
3. do research on your topic: study books, look through your
local or republican newspapers, watch films, etc.
5. Write your story.
1. think of a catchy title;

2. start with a hook – a good lead sentence which will
motivate further reading;
157
3. write your story in a simple language for everyone to
understand it (use about 150 words);
4. use quotes in your story to make it true and more exciting;
5. remember to answer the questions Who? What? When?
Where? Why? How?
6. write a good conclusive sentence which will inspire further
thoughts or research;
7. find pictures or make photos for your story.
Useful language box

Use linking words and phrases.
to organise ideas:
First, … To begin with …
Next, … In addition, …
to introduce details:
For example, … For instance, … In fact, …
… such as … …, including …
to compare and contrast:
similarly compared to have in common
even though rather than on the other hand
however on the contrary as different from
6. Edit your story.
1. Reread your story and check its vocabulary, spelling,

grammar and structure.
2. Give it to the editor-in-chief and news editor for comments.
3. Correct your story following the editor’s comments.
4. Type your story.
7. Make your newspaper.
1. Bring all the materials to the common meeting.

2. Discuss the layout of the newspaper.
3. Design the newspaper banner.
4. Let the computer editor make the newspaper.
5. Print out a copy.
158
IN THE PRESENTATION LESSON 8
1. Present your newspaper.
1. editor-in-chief introduces the newspaper;
2. reporters tell their stories;
3. the audience choose best presentations in a few nominations:
 the most interesting story;  the most useful story;
 the most exciting story;  the best presenter.
 the most informative story;
2. Make your newspaper available to other students. Place the
printed out copy of your newspaper on a board at school or on your
blog page for others to read.
LESSON 10. Culture corner. How do you

keep up with the news?
Communicative area: reading and writing the summary

of an article. Speaking about one’s own experience of
keeping up with the news
1. Answer the question:

Do you try to follow the news regularly? Why (not)?
2. a. Read the blog article and give it a title. Consult the word
definitions below. What’s the main idea of the story?
b. Look through the text again and say how many parts there are in
it. Give them a title. Say what ways of keeping up with the news the
author mentions.
I can’t bring myself to give up the two
daily newspapers I’ve subscribed to all my
adult life, but I wonder if I’m just putting
off the unavoidable. As my reading habits
continue to develop and change, I am
afraid the day will come when I lose the
printed newspaper reading habit.
159
It frightens me to even
think this way, but let’s be
honest. Who has time for the
daily paper nowadays? With
our busy morning schedules,
we hardly manage to pick it up
from the mailbox and put it in
the house. I’m not saying that
we are not interested in the news. Nothing could be further from
the truth. We just keep up with the news differently these days.
While getting dressed, I get the headlines and much awaited
weather forecast from the “Good Morning” TV show. I can leave
for work not only dressed according to the weather, but being
absolutely sure that the world is going on and celebrities are still
in the centre of attention.
Stuck in traffic1 on the way to work, I check my Twitter feed
and the posts on Facebook. If I have another minute, I might
have a look at a few photos on Instagram.
My radio is tuned to an information channel (my choice, not
necessarily yours).
At work, I receive CNN alerts2 during the day with breaking
news. If I have enough time, I may go to the New York Times
app3 on my iPad and quickly scan the opinion pages. Over
lunch, I try to read a few posts from the bloggers whom I enjoy
following.
Chances are someone will email me a link4 to an interesting
piece of news. If I have time, I’ll read it there and then; if not,
I’ll bookmark5 it for later.
When I get home and quickly eat some dinner, my forgotten
daily paper joins its unread companions in a corner of my
bedroom. It’s hard to let an old habit go, so I tell myself that I’ll
get to them in the end.
1
stuck in traffic – застряв в пробке / затрымаўшыся ў заторы
receive alerts  – получать предупреждения / атрым-
2
ліваць папярэджанні
3 app = application – приложение / дадатак
4 email a link – прислать ссылку по электронной почте / пры-
слаць спасылку па электроннай пошце

5 bookmark – делать закладку / рабіць закладку
160
Oh, but there is that novel on my bed stand waiting to be
finished. When my eyes are too tired to focus on the screen or
8
the page, there’s always CNN News before falling asleep.
However, nothing can take the place of my leisurely Sunday
morning ritual: newspapers served with bagels1 and a bottomless
pot of coffee.
I don’t see that changing soon…
c. Say if the sentences are true or false. Explain why you think so.
Work in pairs.
1. The blogger goes on getting a printed daily newspaper.

2. She thinks she will soon give up her habit of reading a
printed newspaper. 3. She is sorry, but the printed newspaper
is disappearing. 4. She puts off reading her morning paper till
evening. 5. People are not interested in the news anymore. 6. The
blogger keeps up with the news in many different ways. 7. In
the morning she listens to the weather forecast on the radio.
8. On the way to work she gets information on the Internet. 9. At
work, she checks her Twitter and Facebook posts and reads the
news then and there. 10. In the evening she gets breaking news
and scans the opinion pages of the New York Times on her iPad.
11. The leisurely Sunday morning ritual of serving her Sunday
paper with bagels and coffee will go on.
d. Write a summary of the text. Use the active vocabulary. Work

in pairs or groups.
e. Share your summaries with the class and choose the one which
best discloses the main idea.
3. a. Read the following comments on the article above and complete

the sentences:
The first person is for Ving …
The other one is against Ving …
Back in 2005, and for years before that, I’d get up in the
morning, drink my tea and read the LA Times with CNN on in
the background. Then for a couple of years I drank my tea and
1 bagelɡ() – a type of bread that is small and round with a

hole in the middle
161
read my RSS (Rich Site Summary) feed reader. Now I drink my
tea and read my Twitter timeline instead.
What does that mean? Well, first of all,
I “follow” friends and business, as well as
organisations, politicians, and interesting (funny,
brilliant, militant, creative, good-hearted...)
strangers. I get a much more well-rounded and
current view of what’s happening in the world and
in my areas of interest than I ever got from my old newspaper
and CNN. Do you get that from your local paper? (Kathy Wood)
The LA Times – The Los Angeles Times is a daily newspaper
published in Los Angeles, California, since 1881. It is a leading
source of news on Southern California, entertainment, movies,
television, music, politics, business, health, technology, travel.
RSS feed reader – is a device for reading information
published on the Internet and automatically updated: blog
entries, news headlines, audio, video. An RSS document (called
“feed”, “web feed”, or “channel”) includes full or summarised
text, publishing date and authors name.
We have a subscription to the e-version of my newspaper,
but it’s not the same. I am not really interested in going to the
computer first thing in the morning to read the paper. I miss
my daily paper! I miss my morning routine. I miss the feel of
newsprint. I miss the smell of a newspaper! Call me a dinosaur,
but the computer just isn’t the same.
I am happy we are still keeping up our
Sunday ritual: reading the Sunday paper while
enjoying a lazy breakfast of eggs and pancakes.
When we have read the paper, actually from
cover to cover, we migrate to the couch and
surf the web for a few minutes. Eating Sunday
breakfast looking at the laptop screen? No,
thanks! (John Stoner)
b. Have a round table discussion of the following questions:

1. Whose point of view do you share? 2. What is your
favourite way to get news? 3. Do you read it on paper, online or
both? 4. Do you watch TV?
4. Write your own comment about the blog article (ex. 2b).
162
LESSON 11. Speaking club. 8
The future of mass media
Communicative area: listening, speaking and writing

about the future of mass media
1. Read the statistics and with your class discuss the questions
below:
Top US Newspaper Circulation Stats (Editor’s Choice)

 The current US print circulation is the lowest in the last
80 years.
 In 2020, The Wall Street Journal’s circulation fell below
the 1-million mark.
 Due to declining readership, 1 in 5 US newspapers has
folded in the last 15 years.
 American newspapers will see their ad revenue cut in half
by 2024.
 Newsroom employment dropped by 23% since 2008.
 Americans prefer digital newspapers over social media as
a news source.
From 22 US Newspaper Circulation Statistics
You Should Be Aware Of by Milos Djordjevic
1. Is the reduction in the number of newspapers that are

printed around the world a sign of our digital times, or a sign of
the loss of interest in the news by the modern generation? Why?
2. If your local paper stopped printing daily editions, what
effect do you think this would have on you, your family and the
community as a whole? Why?
3. How do you feel about the fact that many newspapers are
eliminating or cutting down on print editions?
2. a. Listen to the conversation with media editors and

define its topic. Which of the questions below were not asked by
readers?
163
1. As more TV content lands on the Web through YouTube,
or network and cable TV Web sites, is there any reason to keep
the TV?
2. I have the most unimaginative question for you: your
mission “is to bring the interactivity of the Web to the newspaper
and spread journalistic standards and depth to the Web”. How
do you do that? What is the task at hand?
3. I believe, that in spite of their conversational tone, blogs
should keep to high standards of traditional print journalism.
But how do you keep a respectful tone in a conversation of
hundreds or thousands of readers?
4. In the digital era news is updated round the clock. For
example, when breaking stories appear online, you can always
see the time of their last update. How does this continually
updated style correspond to the more traditional newswriting
process? Do writers spend more or less time working on and
improving articles?
5. What does going digital mean both for readers and
newspaper staff members?
6. What’s the future of mass media?
b. Listen again and match the problems of modern mass media

with the right solution.
1. TV might disappear. To prevent its disappearance...

a) TV offers programmes in HD (high definition) on big
flat screens, which is a transformative experience;
b) all TV content should be found on the
Internet and DVD;
c) the DVR (digital video recorder) gives
the viewer control over programmes – they
are able to skip advertisements or watch
programmes any time they want.
2. To bring newspapers to the Web it’s important to...
a) spread high journalistic standards on the
Web;
b) make the online newspaper timely, lively,
exciting and dynamic;
c) use an authoritative tone in the blogs.
164
3. To keep a respectful tone in a conversation of hundreds or
thousands of readers it’s necessary to...
8
a) rely on readers’ morals and sound sense;
b) ban abusive comments;
c) have special staff for reviewing readers’ comments.
4. To update online news round the clock there’s a need to...
a) give an extremely quick response to the news;
b) work on articles long hours;
c) provide help of special staff.
c. Listen to the last part of the interview and write down

the problems of modern print journalism. How is it possible to solve
these problems? Discuss in pairs, and then with your class.
3. Read the part of the interview about online newspapers. Copy

and fill in the table:
Problems and Reasons for Possible solutions

challenges of these problems to the problems
online journalism and challenges and challenges
... ... ...
Q. In the digital era news is updated round the clock. For

example, when breaking stories appear online, you can always
see the time of their last update. How does this continually
updated style correspond to the more traditional newswriting
process? Do writers spend more or less time working on and
improving articles? (Matthew Stoff)
A. I think most news reporters at most newspapers would tell

you that the needs of online journalism have greatly changed
their jobs in the past decade.
In the old days, reporters would spend most of their days
gathering information, doing research, interviewing sources
and then in the mid-to-late-afternoon sit down and hammer out
900 words for the next day’s paper.
165
These days, reporters are often asked to file articles to the
Web shortly after news events take place. On some breaking
stories we expect an extremely quick response. In the competitive
news environment, minutes often count.
To help our reporters manage the demands, our newspaper
has a small staff of reporters and editors dedicated to online
news. Very often, they do the first reporting on breaking news
and sometimes work with beat reporters or national and foreign
correspondents who are covering events in the field. These
reporters and editors also help update stories that have appeared
in the print edition.
Reporting and editing is a dynamic process, and you
absolutely have to be open to new facts that come along during
the day and that will make it necessary to change the way you
tell a story. And that’s not all: I frequently get readers’ e-mails
pointing out (often nicely, often not) spelling or grammatical
mistakes in stories posted on the Web. I explain that I share
their distress, but that is part of the price of trying to get news
to readers as soon as possible.
4. a. With your class discuss the future of world mass media. Take
into account the existing problems of mass media. Listen to everyone
and give a summary of dominant opinions about each question.
1. What kinds of mass media will survive in the future?

2. What technologies will help them survive?
3. What professions will appear or disappear?
4. What challenges will they face?
5. What topics will mass media cover?
b. Listen to “The future of print newspapers” by Milos

Djordjevic. Is his forecast the same as yours?
c. Write your predictions (10–15 sentences) about the future of

world mass media.
5. Listen, read and complete the song. What profession is

it about? What can you understand about this job? What is its future?
166
LESSON 12. Progress check 8
speaking skills
I. READING
1. Read the article and say what it is about, using 2–3 sentences.
Day camps, paying teens to study:

Summer school looks different.
Will it help kids catch up?
In March 2021 public schools reopened in Tulsa, Oklahoma,
after Covid-19 lockdown had been eased.
Since that time, teens had been eager to get out of their
houses. Seeing people and being with their friends motivates
them to participate in voluntary work, such as delivering
groceries for a local mobile food initiative.
With this in mind, Tulsa Public Schools are developing
programme for the summer months which mix learning with
play and socialising.
With widespread reduced learning during the pandemic,
cities are hurrying to accelerate academic, social and emotional
recovery.
“The new plans include free full-day camps at schools,
academic lessons shared across states, elaborate experiential
projects, and internships for older students. In Washington,
D.C., teens who need additional credits can even get paid to take
summer classes. The city’s summer youth jobs programme will
allow some students to work part of the day and attend classes
while still earning a paycheck”, city officials said.
Some students are struggling with reading and maths, so
summer programme will boost the necessary skills.
Summer schools are also important because they will help to
make up for the instructional time, lost during the pandemic.
“In Tulsa, summer programme in previous years cost $2 million
to $3 million and might have featured a half-day programme at
167
some schools. This year, Tulsa expects to spend $10 million to $15
million on many full-day summer camps at schools in July.
For elementary and middle schools, academic, social
and emotional learning time will be followed by physical
activities, led by community partners and individuals. In the
afternoon, teachers will lead experimential projects in areas
including engineering and social justice.
“The goal is lots of opportunities
for students to accelerate their
learning, to catch up on foundational
literacy and numeracy skills, and
to reconnect with their friends”,
said Paula Shannon, Tulsa’s deputy
superintendent.
A lot of parents are sceptical
about the idea. They believe that
after a difficult year of remote
learning their children will do better
in a traditional summer camp where
they can run around outside all day.
“As much as I want him to be improving his academic skills,
we can do that ourselves, and we’ll just let him be a kid this
summer”, said one of the parents.
“A good summer school programme can help students make
a lot of progress quickly. But the ingredients are a careful blend
that usually take months to develop”, experts say.
“Teachers must be trained, buses need to run on time, and
materials need to be high-quality”, said Schwartz, the RAND
Corp. researcher who studied summer programme in five large
cities before the pandemic.
“Good summer programme should last at least five weeks,
with at least two hours of reading and one to two hours of math
instruction each day. And teachers shouldn’t have to write their
own lessons”, she said.
Adapted from USA Today
2. Read the paragraph which answers the question:
What do new plans for summer camps include?
168
3. Answer the question: 8
What problem is described and what solutions to the problem
are offered?
4. Give your arguments for or against the successful outcome of the

summer camps programme.
II. LISTENING
1. Listen to the people speaking about updating with the
latest news and answer the questions:
1. What source of information do the speakers prefer?

2. What kind of news do they focus on?
III. SPEAKING
1. Speak about your preferred source and type of information.
2. Explain why you prefer this source of information.
3. Ask 5 questions about mass media in English-speaking countries.
4. Give advice to your classmate about using modern multimedia for

learning English.
169
UNIT 9
BELARUS
LESSON 1. The portrait of the country
Communicative area: giving general information about

Belarus
1. Look at the map of Europe. Tell a foreigner about the geographical

position of Belarus.
2. a. Do a quiz on Belarus. Complete the table in your exercise book.
Official name …
Total land area of Belarus …
Population …
Capital city and its …
population
170
Population living
… per cent
9
in cities
Regional cities
…
and their population
National holidays …
Main business
…
partners
Main industries metallurgical, …, … and …,
and …, machine-building, …,
…, electrotechnical, …, optical,
mechanical industry; and …,
chemical and petrochemical, …, …
Agriculture …, …, …, sugar beet, flax, …
Natural resources wood, peat, small oil and natural
gas fields, granite, dolomite,
limestone, clay, sand
Number of people
… mln (2020)
in employment
Internet users … mln
b. Listen to the programme and check your answers.
c. In pairs, discuss what information you would like to include into

your text about Belarus.
3. a. Work in groups. Make a quiz of ten questions about Belarus.
b. Exchange the quizzes. Set the time limit of ten minutes and answer
the questions. The team with the biggest number of correct answers
is the winner.
4. a. Work in pairs. You are at the International youth conference.

Act out a conversation between Belarusian and British students. Ask
and answer questions about your countries.
b. Swap the roles and speak in new pairs.

171
LESSON 2. Education in Belarus
Communicative area: speaking and writing about the

system of education in Belarus
Active vocabulary: curriculum, grant, sufficient, eager,
vocational, command
1. a. Do you like doing projects at school? Why (not)? What was

your favourite project? What did you do? What skills does project
work develop?
b. Scan the email and say what Alan wants to know and what project
he is currently working on.
Dear Belarusian friends,

My name is Alan Johns. I found your school web-site on
the Internet and was extremely pleased, as it hasn’t been very
easy to find one. We are currently working on a big project
“Life in European Countries”. I’ve chosen Belarus. I am curious
to know as much about your country as possible. I found a
lot of information on the Internet, but first-hand experience is
invaluable. It would be great if you could help me.
I am 16 and I study at the 6th form college in Guildford,
Surrey, England. Before that, I studied at a comprehensive
school. I finished school and passed the GCSE exams. So,
it’s my first year at the college. A sixth form college is an
educational institution in England where students aged 16
to 19 study for advanced school-level qualifications, such
as A-levels. University entrance normally requires at least 3
A-level qualifications. I study Art and Design, Information and
Communication Technology, Mathematics and Russian.
In England, education is compulsory between the ages of
five and sixteen. Students at a sixth form college typically study
for two years and sit A-level examinations at the end of the
second year.
172
Please tell me something about
your education system and whatever
9
else you find important to say about
your education.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best regards,
Alan
c. Compare your school life with Alan’s. Do you have much in

common?
Useful language box

 Both… and…
 …, whereas…/…, but…
 Unlike…, … .
 A/ One difference/ similarity (which stands out) is…
 A/ One contrast between… and… is that…
 One thing that… and… have in common is…
 … and… are (quite/ very/ really/ really quite) similar/
different, for example…
 Compared to…, … / In comparison to…, …
 There are more similarities than differences between…
and… For instance, …
 …and that is (more or less) the same for…
2. a. Think what you would answer and make a list of important

facts. Compare your list with your partner’s. Discuss what information
is important to include into your reply.
b. Read the reply and say whether it covers all the points from
your list.
Dear Alan,
It was so nice to get your message and find out that young
people in Britain are interested in Belarus. We are happy to
answer all your questions and help you with the project. Writing
in English will also help us improve our command of the
173
language, which is very good because a new oral exam has
been introduced, and we are all eager to pass it well.
Education in Belarus is free at all levels except higher
education. Though a big number of students who have
performed well at the school-leaving and entrance exams,
study for free. Pre-school education is not compulsory
in Belarus, but around 70% of children attend nurseries
or kindergartens before they start school. Most children
in Belarus start school at 6. All pupils follow the basic
education curriculum up to the age of 15 and after that
decide to either continue school education at school or
start vocational training. We have chosen to complete our
education at 17 which gives us a good chance to enter a
university. Those who choose professional training have
equal chances to enter a university if they wish. There are two
official languages within the education system – Belarusian
and Russian.
Belarus has one of the highest student-to-population ratios
in Europe because our universities offer high quality education
and affordable prices. Most courses run for 4–5 years and
students can choose to study full time, at evening classes or
by correspondence.
Grants are available for full-time students and
scholarships are awarded to very gifted ones. All higher
education establishments are governed by the Ministry of
Education in Belarus. There are more than 50 of them in
Belarus.
We hope that this information is sufficient. If not, we will
provide you with more details. Feel free to ask us whatever you
want to know. We are very happy to write about the country
we love.
With best wishes,
Nastia, Dasha, Vlad and Anton
c. Guess the meaning of the words in bold. Complete the questions

below with them.
1. What subjects do you have on your school …? What

subjects would you like to include into it or exclude from it?
2. What should you do to get a … or a … at university? 3. Are you
174
… to enter university? Why (not)? 4. Do you think … training
is a good idea for teenagers to get a profession? If you had
9
started … training last year, what profession would you have
chosen? 5. Do you attend any extracurricular fee-paying
classes? Is the fee …? 6. Does your school provide students
with … facilities? Give examples. 7. What do you do to have
a good … of English?
d. Discuss with your partner what information you would like to

include to make the text more informative.
3. Have a discussion “How would you like to improve the education

system of Belarus?”
Useful language box

 I suggest Ving
 I suggest (that) S + (should) + V1
 I’d like to V1
 I’d like S + to V1
 I’d + V1
 I’d rather V1 … than V1 …
 I wish …
 If I were … , I’d + V1…
 I strongly believe S + should / ought to + V1
 I don’t think we should / ought to + V1
 I’d start with …
 A good idea would be to V1…
4. Write your reply to Alan. Follow the plan below. Write about
150 words.
 opening remarks;
 facts about the system of education in Belarus;
 information about your school life (curriculum, facilities,
future education, etc.);
 closing remarks.
175
LESSON 3. Dream big. Go global.
Stay local
Communicative area: discussing the role of youth in

modern society
1. a. What youth organisations do you know? Have you heard of the

European Youth Parliament (EYP)? What do you think this platform
offers to young people? Read the information and check your ideas.
The European Youth Parliament (EYP) is a non-profit
educational programme for young people from all over Europe.
They simulate the sessions of the
European Parliament in a non-
formal way. EYP is present in 40
European countries with about
35,000 participants. It is the
largest European platform for
education, debates and exchange
of ideas among youth.
EYP Belarus is part of an international network, organising
events since 2000. Two-three sessions are held in Belarus every
year. Each session is a 3–7-day simulation of the European
Parliament’s work where delegates in groups discuss solutions
to a current European problem. Every session
includes teambuilding, committee work and a
General Assembly where delegates present and
debate their resolutions. Anyone aged 14–23 can
join our sessions as a delegate.
Curiosity, named after the famous rover which is exploring
Mars is the first-ever Digital session organised by European
Youth Parliament Belarus. Curiosity Digital Session (CDS)
brought together around 90 participants from all over Europe
and took place on 2–5 July, 2020 fully online, with lots of
edutainment1 activities for all participants on topics ranging
1
edutaiment – TV programmes, software etc. that entertain you
while teaching you something
176
from sports and cooking to arts and space. The motto of the
session was “Dream big. Go global. Stay local”.
9
1. How old is EYP Belarus? 2. How long is each session?

3. What does a EYP session include? 4. How is CDS different
from the previous EYP sessions? 5. Who took part in it? 6. What
topics were discussed there? 7. How do you understand the motto
of the CDS?
c. Match the parts of the sentences to make up the aims of EYP

Belarus.
1. To inspire and a) international understanding,

empower intercultural dialogue and diversity.
2. To raise awareness b) to the personal skills development of
3. To promote the youth.
4. To contribute c) of European issues, encourage active
citizenship.
d) young Belarusians to become open-
minded, tolerant and active citizens.
2. a. What motivates young people to participate in EYP

sessions? Listen to some EYP members and check your guesses.
b. Listen again and fill in the gaps.
Student 1: EYP is a complete new world, where you have

a voice, where you can (1. …) …, where you can learn how to
(2. …) and to actually participate in a way that you’re heard,
appreciated and (3. …).
Student 2: EYP is really a peer-to-peer thing. It’s organised
(4. …). And that’s what, I think, makes it different from other
organisations.
Student 3: This (5. …) that we have in EYP and this value of
(6. …) that we so deeply hold is something really special for young
people to learn at this stage of life, I believe.
Student 4: In the over 5,000 events that EYP puts up every
year, you get to make friends (7. …), you really get to take away
so many young perspectives from all these people.
177
Student 5: This non-formal education is quite effective
because it means that people are relaxed when they learn (8. …)
and work in a committee.
Student 6: During my time at EYP I experienced an extreme
(9. …), like I was kind of shy and now I had a speech today in
front of more than 200 people. I feel like I learnt a lot of social
and organisational skills and also (10. …).
Student 7: EYP was the place that taught me that no matter
how small you are, what your background is you can actually
(11. …). EYP made me a more active citizen and made me more
(12. …), both locally and globally.
3. a. Make a presentation to introduce the EYP organisation and its

activities to newcomers.
b. Would you like to participate in the next EYP session? Why (not)?
LESSO N 4. Mass media in Belarus
Communicative area: speaking about the mass media

in Belarus, recommending a TV / online programme
1. Do the questionnaire below. Compare your answers with your

partner.
1. Do you usually follow the news either on TV or on the

Internet?
2. Do you read newspapers and magazines? If yes, what is
your favourite newspaper? What is your favourite magazine?
3. Do you watch TV / online programmes? If yes, what is
your favourite?
2. a. Guess:
1. how many newspapers there are in Belarus;
2. how many magazines there are in Belarus;
3. how many of them are private;
4. what languages they are published in.
178
b. Listen to а part of the interview and check your guesses. 9
c. Complete the following sentences:
1. … newspapers and … magazines are published in Belarus.

2. Printed press is available not only in Belarusian and
Russian but also in …, …, … and … .
3. The most influential newspapers include … and the … .
3. a. Read the article and answer the questions:
1. How many news agencies operate in Belarus? 2. What is

the biggest news agency in the country? 3. What are the major
TV channels? 4. When was Belarus TV channel launched? 5. Who
is Belarus TV channel available to?
Mass media in Belarus
Nine national news agencies, including seven private ones,
operate in Belarus. The BelTA News Agency is the country’s
biggest news agency, having the correspondent network in
all the regions of the country. Russia’s TASS and Prime news
agencies have their offices in Minsk. The correspondents of the
leading world agencies Reuters, Associated Press and Xinhua
also work in Minsk.
In 2021, there were 164 radio broadcast stations and 98
television broadcast stations in Belarus among which 27 radio
stations and 54 TV broadcast stations were private. The majority
of public radio stations is run by the local authorities. There
are around 30 FM radio stations in Belarus, including Radius
FM, Radio Unistar, Europe plus and others. The target audience
of the Belarus radio station are foreigners interested in local
events. The radio station airs programs not only in Belarusian
and Russian, but also in English, German, Polish, French,
Spanish and Chinese.
There are 6 national TV broadcasters in Belarus: Belarus 1 TV
Channel, Belarus 2 (targeting youth audience), Belarus 3 (social
and cultural), Belarus 5 (sport), National Television (ONT) and
Capital City Television (CTV). A regional TV channel Belarus
4 is available as of September 2015. The channel provides a
platform for all the regions of the country. In each region the
179
channel offers an original TV product with a different label for
each region: Belarus 4. Mogilev, Belarus 4. Gomel and so on...
The broadcasting of the international satellite TV channel
Belarus 24 was launched in 2005. Today it broadcasts 24/7 for
270,000,000 viewers in 100 countries. The main TV content is the
news and analysis on major events in the country and the world,
interesting TV projects, high-quality films, and, of course, a
lot of programmes on Belarus: the unique history and culture
of the country, the main attractions and tourist destinations,
Belarusian cuisine, famous brands, outstanding people. The
programmes are aired in Russian and Belarusian languages.
The channel also provides online broadcasting on the Internet.
Over 200 of the international channels, including Euronews,
BBC, Eurosport are broadcast via cable TV. By June 2015
Belarus completed the switch from analogue to digital broadcast
television. Today digital broadcasting is available practically to
100% of the population.
Mass Media Legislation in Belarus

The Constitution of the Republic of Belarus guarantees the
freedom of thought, belief and expression and prohibits the
monopolisation of the media and censorship.
The Law “On Mass Media” formalises the basic principles of
mass media’s activity: accuracy, equality, respect for human
rights and freedoms, diversity of views; protection of morals;
observance of the norms of journalist’s professional ethics.
The law is the basis for introducing the elements of self-
regulation in the media field in Belarus. To this end, the Public
Coordination Council on the Media was set up. It consists of
representatives of mass media, journalism organisations and
experts.
Adapted from belarus.by
b. Make a short summary of the text. Add the information of the

interview you listened to at the beginning of the lesson. Compare
your short summary with your partner’s.
4. a. Work in pairs. Discuss the questions below.

1. How do you usually get your news (newspaper, TV, specific
website)? Why?
180
2. Do you often watch TV? Why (not)?
3. Which programmes do you prefer (the news, talk shows,
9
reality shows, animal and wildlife programmes, game shows,
films, soaps, sitcoms, DIY programmes, music programmes…)
Explain why.
b. Listen to the conversation and say what programmes

Nastia watches and enjoys watching?
c. Make a list of your most and least favourite TV / online programmes.

Compare it with your partner’s. Choose the ones you both mentioned.
Discuss why you like/don’t like these programmes.
d. Choose one programme that is different from your partner’s.

Recommend that he / she should (not) watch it.
Useful language box

You should watch …, Why don’t you watch…, If I were
you, I’d …, You’d better…, You’d be crazy (not) to …, I’d
certainly recommend you watching…, You must watch…,
Try watching…
OR: If I were you I wouldn’t…, You’d better not to…,
On no account should you…
LESSON 5. Housing in Belarus
Communicative area: speaking about different types

of houses in Belarus
1. Answer the questions:
1. What type of house do you live in?

2. What other types of houses can you find in the
neighbouring area?
3. Do you think it is more comfortable to live in a block of
flats or a detached house?
181
2. a. Read the text and answer the questions: What kind of house
does Thomas Warner, a British teacher, live in? What houses does
he like most and why?
b. Read the text again and say what unexpected problems Thomas
has because he is not accustomed to living in a block of flats.
My worthless opinions about housing in Belarus

By Thomas Warner
I arrived in Belarus at the end of August, and have since
learnt many things about the place and its people. I have
discovered these truths by exploring the city and by interacting
with its inhabitants. But like you, dear reader, I must sometimes
return home to rest. So I get on the bus, travel a few stops and at
the appropriate moment I get off and walk the short distance to
my front door. Perhaps also like you, I live in what is referred
to as a “block”. My particular block has nine floors and twelve
separate entrances. It (probably) contains hundreds of individual
flats, which are (probably) all very similar to the one that I live
in. There are two bedrooms, a hall, a bathroom and a kitchen. It
is a comfortable and cosy arrangement, and serves my purposes
very well. As a result of the concentration of people and of the
lessons learnt over centuries of Belarusian winters, the flat is
always very warm – to the extent that I often choose to sleep
with the window open, even when the outside temperature seems
intimidating (to my English eyes, at least).
As I live on the 8th floor, it is necessary for me to use the lift
when I leave or return to my flat. For me this is rather novel, as
indeed is the experience of living in a flat more generally. Before
coming to Minsk, I had lived almost exclusively in houses and
used lifts very infrequently. For this reason, I sometimes worry
that I am not following the proper lift etiquette on those occasions
when I have to share the journey with a stranger. The questions;
“Should I start a conversation?” “What should I be looking at?”
and “Am I standing too close?” dance around my mind as me and
my new companion stand awkwardly in our little box.
From my observations, it seems that most Minskers live in a
similar style of accommodation to mine. All over the city there
are blocks: tall ones, short ones, pink ones, green ones, ones in
182
strange shapes, blocks that look like they were finished yesterday
and ones that look ancient. And so much construction! In every
9
direction, Minsk seems to be expanding. I’m told that certain
parts of the city, ones with higher concentrations of blocks, are
known as “sleeping areas”, though it seems to me like a curious
term for these places. I believe that the expression is something
similar to a commuter suburb in English, but referring to them
as “sleeping areas” seems to relegate the importance of some of
the pleasant things in life, like taking one’s children to school
or eating some delicious kasha for breakfast. Perhaps it is a
reflection of the planned nature of Minsk, that there are specific
working and sleeping areas.
There are areas of Minsk however, which are not “planned”
in that sense. I am referring to the charming, colourful little
houses which can be found clustered in small groups all around
the city. I have been told by friends that these houses are rather
more attractive from the outside, than they are from the inside.
They have antiquated heating systems, are difficult to maintain
and are even more difficult to sell at a profit. Nonetheless, I feel
a great sense of comfort on those occasions that I find myself
walking through a patch of these delightful old relics. Blocks
may be necessary to fulfil the city’s housing shortage, and
they’re certainly more economical – but the sight of smoking
chimneys on an old cottage surely does more to warm the heart
on a cold winter’s morning.
Well, reader, its time for me to stop telling you about
housing in your own country, but I do hope I haven’t bored or
annoyed you with anything I’ve written. If for some reason you
are annoyed, you already have some clues about where I live –
I shall expect a visit! It’s not a bad area of the city, there’s a big
Rublyovski and there are beautiful, icicled old houses sitting
harmoniously next to the apartment blocks. I sincerely hope that
even in the future, when the city is covered in these blocks, that
there are still some areas where people can see real houses and
can feel as jolly as I do when I’m strolling past a row of them on
a lazy Sunday afternoon.
c. Talk to your partner. One of you is Thomas. Argue that blocks of

flats are not only necessary in big cities but also comfortable to live
in. Find at least three reasons.
183
3. a. Look at the pictures and guess the meaning of the following
words:
cobblestoned, slanted ceiling, enclosed porch
1 3
2
b. Listen to Theresa speaking about her apartment and

arrange the pictures in order of appearance.
c. Say which plan corresponds to the text.
1 2
d. Describe the rooms in Theresa’s apartment as close to the text as

possible. Use the plan.
4. Compare your accommodation with either Thomas’s or Theresa’s.

Find both similarities and differences.
5. Write about your accommodation, stressing typical features and

showing what makes it different from other houses or apartments.
Flat (Br. E.) – a set of rooms for living in, usually on one floor
of a large building; American word is apartment
184
LESSON 6. Fairs and exhibitions 9
Communicative area: speaking about visiting exhibitions
Active grammar: plurals of nouns
1. a. Talk to your partner and answer the questions:
1. Do you often visit exhibitions?

2. What kind of exhibitions do you prefer? (art, books,
animals…)
3. Do you read exhibition reviews in the press or on the
Internet?
b. Read the article about Minsk International Book Fair and say:
1. What country did Theresa

Suslov represent at the Minsk
International Book Fair?
2. What American writers were
chosen to represent the country and
why?
3. Have you read any of these
books?
Annual Minsk International Book Fair
by Theresa Suslov
For the last twenty years, the city of Minsk has held an
international book fair. This event allows people in Minsk and
surrounding areas to browse and purchase books, mingle with
like-minded people, listen to poetry read by both Belarusian
poets and those from abroad, and finally, meet with people from
all around the world and learn about their cultures.
The book fair was held inside the large BelExpo exhibition
hall. Inside were over one hundred booths which housed
representatives exhibiting and discussing literature from their
native countries. Some of the larger booths were occupied by
representatives from France, Iran, Russia, Germany and of
185
course, Belarus. Other countries represented at the fair were
Cuba, Poland, Italy, India and many more.
I was honoured to have been asked to help represent the
United States of America at the book fair. The theme and
title of our exhibit was The Eighty Eight Books That Shaped
America. These eighty eight books were chosen by the Library of
Congress as having been influential in the shaping of American
identity.
Books at this exhibit spanned two centuries, offering
literature from the birth of the nation through present day.
The books chosen and exhibited were a combination of fiction
and non-fiction. Some examples of the fiction represented were
books by Mark Twain, such as Huckleberry Finn, John Steinbeck
who wrote The Grapes of Wrath, and Zora Neale Hurston, the
author of Their Eyes Were Watching God.
The fiction transported readers to various times in the
history of the United States. John Steinbeck wrote about the
Depression Years of the 1930s. Ms Zora Neale Hurston also
lived and wrote during that time, an era dubbed the Harlem
Renaissance when black writers and artists in the United States
were becoming recognised for their phenomenal talents.
Non-fiction books allowed readers a window into many of the
nation’s social issues and civil movements. For example, there
was the writing of Frederick Douglass, a former slave who had
taught himself to read and write. He wrote a moving chronicle
of the daily horrendous struggles of those caught in the web of
slavery.
Other non-fiction works touched on timeless themes such as
ways to effectively manage money, women’s health and ways to
combat alcoholism.
The book fair provided three wonderful days for book lovers
to experience the world in one convenient place.
2. a. Read the text again and analyse the words in bold. Talk to your
partner and recollect what you remember about plural forms of
nouns. Use the examples from the text and any additional examples
if necessary.
b. Read the rules on page 219/235 and check your ideas.
186
3. Get a handout from the teacher and sort out the nouns 9
according to the ways they form plurals. Write the plural forms of the
words.
belief
person bush dwarf
child
potato bacterium
advice aircraft basis
medium means 7-year-old
story wolf deer
radio mouse sheep
ostrich lice roof loaf
ox storey
species commander-in-chief passer-by
tornado
handkerchief safe salmon
bison piano
gymnasium policeman
proof chimney
crisis
phenomenon grown-up datum
mosquito
woman kangaroo mother-in-law
statistics
forget-me-not money goose
headquarters
4. a. Read the story and say what impressed the writer at the
exhibition.
Last Sunday we went to Marc Chagall’s exhibition in

the National Art Museum in Minsk. My mum took her two
(1. nephew), my (2. cousin) with us. The trip was a great fun!
It took three (3. hour). There were many (4. person) on the
train – (5–7. man, woman, child) and even two (8. baby). As
we discovered later two more (9. family) had planned similar
(10. trip) as we met them in the museum.
The weather outside was beautiful!
We clung to the window and were
watching (11. house) with different
(12. roof) and (13. tree) with (14. leaf)
changing their colour to yellow and
red. We saw (15–17. stork, goose, and
duck). We even saw (18. deer)!
At last, we arrived in Minsk.
I like the two tall (19. tower) which
welcome visitors arriving in Minsk by
the railway.
187
At the museum we learnt a lot of new things about Chagall.
He was not only one of the best (20. painter) of his time, he was
also a printmaker, an illustrator and a poet.
The Exhibition “Marc Chagall: Life and Love” presented
the artist’s book (21. illustration). It showed a close bond
between his art and the (22. book) illustrated by him. He
illustrated his childhood (23. memoir) in the autobiographic
book “My Life” and (24. people) from Vitebsk would
immediately recognise the town. His illustrations to Gogol’s
Dead (25. Soul) and La Fontaine’s (26. Fable) show remarkable
unrepeated variety of (27. character), wonderful colour
(28. idea) and expression of (29. design). I was surprised that
he had also illustrated the Bible. He did not only show the deep
knowledge of the subject but also his own interpretation of the
traditional characters.
b. Read again and fill in the blanks with plural form of the nouns.
c. What do you think about Mark Chagall’s works of art?
5. Share your impressions of the exhibition or fair you have recently

visited.
LESSON 7. The art of conversation
Communicative area: sharing personal news, learning to

be a good conversationalist
1. a. Discuss in pairs. What do you need to be a good

conversationalist?
b. Listen to Paul Sloane, a writer and professional speaker,

giving advice. What are the main tips for a good conversation?
c. Listen to a conversation. Do the friends use any tips for

a good conversation?
188
2. a. Read the conversation and find questions and phrases used to
show interest and surprise.
9
Kate: Hi John! Haven’t seen you for ages! Where have you been?
John: Hello Kate! I’ve just come back from Belarus.
Kate: Really? How interesting! What did you do there?
John: I attended the International Youth Scientific Conference.
Kate: Did you? What was the theme of the conference?
John: We discussed environmental problems of the 21st
century. I’ve been doing research into plastic pollution
for two years.
Kate: Have you? I didn’t know you were into the environment.
Did you see any places in Belarus?
John: Well, I spent just two days there, so I wasn’t able to go
sightseeing.
Kate: Weren’t you? That’s a pity.
John: Yeah, but I’m going to visit my new Belarusian friend
in summer. He’s got a farm not far from Minsk.
Actually, he raises snails there.
Kate: He raises what?
John: Snails. His business brings him
good money.
Kate: His business?
John: Yes, he supplies the capital’s
restaurants and hotels with snails.
Kate: Does he? He must be a millionaire!
John: Not really. But he’s going to expand his business and use
snails in cosmetics, pharmaceutics and other spheres.
Kate: Is he? Can I join you on your summer trip? I’m crazy
about snails.
John: Sure! I think we’ll have an unforgettable experience!
b. Complete the rule.
Tag questions are often used to express interest, concern,

surprise, anger, or other reactions, depending on the intonation.
Their most common use is just to show that we are listening.
189
– I learnt to play ice-hockey there.
– Did you?
– She’s not going to university this year.
– Isn’t she?
Echo questions contain: an auxiliary verb (do, can, have,
is, are...) and a … .
We use … echo questions in reply to positive statements.
We use … echo questions in reply to negative statements.
c. Work in pairs. Take it in turns to make statements which are true

for yourself. Your partner will reply with an echo question. A further
remark must follow naturally.
Example: – There aren’t many languages you can learn at
the Language School.
– Aren’t there?
– Yeah, only French and English.
1. I can’t … swim / keep secrets under wraps / spread
rumours … .
2. I have never been to … Britain / Madrid / the Canary
Islands … .
3. I went to … Australia / South Africa / Chile … last year.
4. I don’t like … pop music / football / taking pictures … .
5. I am often … late for school / hungry between meals /
embarrassed to speak in public … .
6. I am … not keen on surfing the Internet / not interested in
fashion / not into rock music … .
7. I was … at the cinema / busy studying / very tired … yesterday.
8. I suffer from … travel sickness / food allergy / terrible
headaches … .
9. I have to … do my homework for hours / get up at 6
o’clock / practise more English… .
10. I don’t mind … working in summer / walking in the rain /
gossiping / … .
11. I didn’t … meet anyone amusing at the party / find
anything interesting at the market / buy anything at the sales … .
12. I find horror films … amusing / disgusting / exciting /
boring … .
190
13. I … made a stupid mistake last night…/ forgot an
appointment with the dentist yesterday / had a very good time
9
last weekend … .
14. I used to … play the piano / do karate / have a dog / … .
15. I’m used to … tidying my room at weekends / eating
cornflakes every morning / visiting my granny every week … .
16. I’ve just bought a new … mobile / video camera / laptop… .
17. I wouldn’t like to be … a millionaire / a celebrity … .
18. I can … write with both hands / touch my toes without
bending my knees / move my ears … .
3. a. Study the Useful language box.
Useful language box

How to show that you are listening
Showing attention Right. Sure. Yes. Yeah. Uh-huh.
Echo questions Did you? Are they? Was it?
He did what? You saw who!?
Echo words Six months? Lost your passport?
Wh- questions So what happened? Why was that,
then? How did you feel?
Personal Interest Really? That sounds interesting.
response How interesting!
Pleasure Really! Fantastic! Great! How sweet!
That’s amazing! How incredible!
Agreement Exactly. Of course. Sure. Right. I see.
I know what you mean. I guess so.
Sympathy How awful. That’s too bad. That’s
a shame/pity! Oh no/dear! Oh man!
Surprise No way! My goodness! Good heavens!
Oh, my God! / Oh my gosh! Excuse
me? PARDON!? No kidding? You
don’t say so! I don’t believe. Oh,
please! What are you talking about?
No surprise Hmm… I’m not surprised. (Sarcas-
tic tone) What a surprise!
191
b. Work in pairs. Expand one of the sentences into a mini dialogue
where they respond to the follow up question. Take it in turns to ask
and answer.
1. I’ve just been on an eco-friendly holiday in the Belarusian

countryside.
2. My friend isn’t fond of modern art.
3. I’m looking forward to visiting Brest Fortress.
4. My dad forbade me to use the Internet yesterday.
5. I want to go hiking in summer.
6. We’re having a maths test tomorrow.
7. I didn’t tell you the truth yesterday.
Example: – I’ve just been on an eco-friendly holiday in the
Belarusian countryside.
– Really? How interesting. What was it like?
– Well, it was fantastic – beautiful scenery and lots of open
space and fresh air… It was also a
great adventure. You know one day
a bear attacked the village we were
staying in.
– Did it? NO kidding?
– Yes, everyone was really scared.
– I guess so.
–…
c. Act out your dialogue to the class.
LESSON 8. I love Belarus
Communicative area: listening and writing about

Belarus, expressing feelings about the country
1. Discuss with your partner.
1. What attracts you when you visit new places? (nature,

architecture, people…)
192
2. What in your opinion attracts people to Belarus? Range in
order of priority (people, nature, culture, food, sport…)
9
3. Do you still remember the first impression you had when
you visited a new place?
4. What impressions might people have when they come to
Belarus for the first time?
2. a. Listen to the story of an Indian,

Yoga teacher and businessman. Answer the
following questions:
1. What is his name? 2. Why did he come

to Belarus? 3. When did he come to Belarus?
b. Listen again and say whether these

statements are true or false.
1. Bihash Nahar came to Minsk 26 years ago.

2. He finds Belarus very cosy and welcoming.
3. Belarusians and Indians are very different.
4. Bihash Nahar is married to an Indian woman and has
two sons.
5. He loves Minsk and other towns of Belarus.
6. He has never been to Slavianski Bazaar.
7. He loves the circus most of all.
8. Bihash Nahar is a citizen of Belarus.
3. Read the following sentences from the text. Find the words in bold
and say what grammar rules we are going to analyse. Recollect the
rules and show examples which you have found in the exercise. Give
more examples.
1. At the age of 13 I finished school with flying colours.

2. As a student I was quite good at chess and very often I
took part in various competitions where I met a lot of nice young
people from the USSR.
3. We made friends, and thus I got interested in the Russian
language and culture.
4. My first impressions of the city were unbelievable!
5. I had never expected it to be so bitterly cold – about 30
degrees below zero!
193
6. In fact, the Belarusians and Indians are very similar.
Both the nations take pride in their history, deeply respect their
parents and their Motherland.
7. My wife is Belarusian and my children were born here.
8. I sell Indian goods and in the evenings I teach yoga.
9. I’m proud to have 65-year-old ladies in my Yoga club.
10. My wife and I often cook national Belarusian and Indian
dishes.
4. a. Think of at least three things you love about Belarus. Write

them down and compare with your partner and then with the rest of
the class. Use your ideas to make an outline for the essay “Why I
Love Belarus”.
b. Discuss with your partner what you can say

to describe each outline item. Share your ideas
with another pair.
5. Write an essay “Why I Love Belarus”. Write

about 150 words.
LESSON 9. Welcome to Belarus
Communicative area: making a promotional video about

Belarus

1. Split into pairs or groups. Your task is to
make a promotional video about Belarus
to be shown on an Internet site.
2. Think of a good slogan for your video.
3. Choose three things that are positive about

Belarus and would be of interest to visitors.
194
4. In the columns below write a few notes about the three things.
Make sure they’re only writing notes, and not full sentences.
9
Slogan:
1 ... 2 ... 3 ...
5. Start writing the script for your promotional video.
6. Using the notes each student practises talking through the script.
They should have enough time until they are confident to be
recorded. The time limit is up to 3 minutes.
It would be nice if the student speaking could
stand in front of a map of the country, or the flag,
or a large picture. Perhaps making a poster could
be part of the project. The speaker can point to the
pictures as they speak. You may decide only to
show video pictures they have collected / drawn
and speak without being seen (as a voice-over).
7. Use the tips below for video recording.

 You can easily do this with a digital camera or mobile
phone. Make sure that the head and shoulders of the speaker
can be clearly seen.
 Turn off anything in the room that’s making a noise to
avoid a buzzing sound in the background: the air conditioning,
computer fan, fridge etc. Turn off your mobile phones.
 If you’re using a microphone, make sure that it’s not too close
to the speaker’s mouth. 20–30 cm is probably a good distance.
 You can do your recording outside, just avoid disturbing
background noise like traffic or people chatting. The speaker
will probably need to talk a little louder.
 The speaker should be as natural and relaxed as possible, so
practise a lot before starting. Remember that speaking fluently
is better than worrying about making mistakes.
At the presentation lesson:
1. Show your promo video in class.
2. After watching each video, write three things you liked about it
and explain why.
3. Use your notes and discuss the videos.
195
LESSON 10. Culture corner.
The country of castles
1. a. What castles and palaces in Belarus do you know?
b. Read the article about the architecture of Belarusian castles and

palaces. Fill in the missing parts.
a rampart – a moat –
вал / вал ров / роў
In the Middle Ages, more than a hundred castles and other

buildings of this kind existed in the lands of Belarus. That’s
why it was called the “country of castles”. (1. …) Although very
few castles survived numerous war conflicts, and are mostly in
ruins, they still remain true Belarusian gems.
In Belarus, the word “castle” is often used to describe a
fortified place which served to protect the town against enemies.
(2. …)
The fortified architecture of Belarus is divided into stone and
wooden architecture, according to the type of materials used in
their construction. (3. …)
The castles are also divided into two groups, depending on
their location. The first group includes those built on steep hills.
These older fortifications, which had appeared before the 15th
century, impress by their height and strength. (4. …) Gothic
features present in the architecture of many castles of the 14–
16th centuries.
196
In the 16–17th centuries, the typical castle architecture
of Belarus combined a strong fortification system of earth
9
ramparts, deep moats, fortress walls and towers with the
majestic inner palace design. (5. …)
By the 18th and the first half of the 19 th centuries,
magnificent constructions in the Belarusian lands had revealed
a high level of the architectural skill. (6. …)
a) St one and wood were often combined within one

construction. Unfortunately, the wooden fortifications have
not survived.
b) The palaces of that time and a great number built in the
second half of the 19th century, truly belong to the architectural
heritage of Belarus.
c) The other group are the castles of a later period dating back
from the 16th century. They were the feudal castles located in the
lowlands and surrounded by fortified walls topped with towers.
d) The fact that vast trade routes were running across these
lands became the reason for constructing so many fortifications1.
e) However, the term “castle” refers mainly to the fortified
residences of the feudal  lords of the 16th and 17th
centuries, which were both palace and castle complexes quite
often.
f) The palace and castle complexes of the 16th and 17th
centuries demonstrate a great variety of architectural
compositions.
1 fortifications – strong buildings, walls, towers etc., built around
a place in order to defend it

197
c. What do the adjectives below describe?
Numerous, majestic, steep, typical, strong, feudal, wooden,

magnificent.
d. Act out a conversation between a tourist and a guide. Ask and

answer the questions about the architecture of Belarusian castles.
Then swap the roles and work in new pairs.
2. a. Work in pairs. Read about Lida Castle and give a subtitle to

each paragraph. Compare your ideas with other students’.
Lida Castle is a historic, medieval castle in Lida, Grodno

Region, western Belarus. Lida Castle or Gediminas Castle is the
oldest castle in Belarus which dates back to the 14th century.
This citadel  is one of the best-preserved in Belarus. Lida
Castle was built at a confluence of the Lida and Kamenka rivers
by order of Duke Gediminas to
defend his lands from the
expansion of the Crusaders.
From the north, the two rivers
were linked by a 20 m width
moat, creating an impression of
an island castle. The modern
town of Lida grew up around the
ramparts of the castle.
Since the 14th century, the castle has suffered many attacks
and invasions. After the Crusaders, the Anglo-Germans tried to
capture the castle. During the attack of the British, the locals
burnt their houses themselves and hid with the treasures in the
castle. In the 15–16th centuries the castle survived the attacks
of the Crimean Tatars, Duke Svidrigailo and the troops of Yuri
Svyatoslavovich.
Lida Castle looks very massive: huge
walls, inaccessible towers and small window-
loopholes. The walls of the castle are made of
red brick and stone. Lida Castle was built in the
“brick gothic” style which was very popular in
Europe at that time.
During the 20 th century, a travelling
zoo or circus often occupied Lida Castle and loophole
198
every December a Christmas tree was placed within the walls.
Significant restoration of the castle was launched in 2010 when
9
Lida hosted the traditional agriculture festival “Dazhynki-2010”.
Today historical reconstructions and knight tournaments
are held in Lida Castle. Every tourist can feel the incredible
atmosphere of the Middle Ages at the annual Lida Castle Sword
festival which gathers knights from Belarus, Russia, Lithuania,
and Ukraine. The event usually
starts with a theatrical performance
telling the story of Lida Castle
followed by medieval tournaments
and battles. The programme of the
festival also includes the medieval
music show, blacksmiths and
pottery workshops in the town of
craftsmen, a children’s playground, medieval games and dances.
In the evening, Lida Castle hosts the final individual and team
competitions and a concert of a famous band. The festival is
wrapped up by spectacular fireworks.
There is a famous legend about the heroic defence of the castle
from the Crusaders. The frost covered the surrounding waters
with ice which helped the enemies to get as close as possible to
the massive walls. According to the legend, in 1394 Duke Dmitri
Koribut decided to leave the castle at night through the secret
passage with the majority of his men. Only a few soldiers stayed
to defend the castle to the last man and gloriously died in battle.
For seven centuries, their ghosts have been wandering around
the Lida Castle scaring its visitors.
b. Read again and explain why:
1. Lida Castle was built; 2. The castle looks massive; 3. Its

restoration started in 2010; 4. Knights gather in the castle
every year; 5. The Crusaders got very close to the castle in 1394;
6. Some visitors might get scared there.
c. Prove that:
1. Lida Castle has a heroic past; 2. It is worth visiting; 3. The

Lida Castle Sword festival is a spectacular event.
199
d. Be a tourist guide and speak about the castle. Follow the plan.
Answer the tourists’ questions.
 Location / Date;
 Owners / Architects;
 Architectural peculiarities;
 Historic / Interesting facts.
3. What castles in Belarus and other countries have you visited?

What impressed you most of all?
LESSON 11. Speaking club.

I’m proud of Belarus
Communicative area: discussing the pages of the

prospectus about Belarus
1. Work in pairs or groups of 3. Discuss the pages of the prospectus

“I’m proud of Belarus”.
I’m proud of Belarus
1 2
... ...
200
9
3 4
... ...
5 6
... ...
7 8
... ...
Student A:
Take a card with a number and “open” the corresponding
page in the prospectus.
Show the page of the prospectus “I’m proud of Belarus”
to your foreign friend and comment on it.
Speak for 1 minute on the topic shown in the picture.
Say some general facts, the achievements of Belarusians
in this field, perspectives and share your own experience and
opinion.
Finish your speech with “I’m proud of Belarusian …
because …”
Answer Student B’s questions.
201
Student B:
Listen to Student A’s speech on the topic shown in the
picture.
When Student A finishes their speech, ask three questions
on the topic.
a. Get a set of cards with numbers from 1 to 8 and shuffle them.
b. Think of 2–3 sentences to write a caption for the picture.
c. Swap the roles after discussing each page.
d. Compare your captions with other groups’ ideas.
2. Work in new groups. What other pages would you include in the
prospectus “I’m proud of Belarus”?
Communicative area: revising the material of Unit 9
I. READING
1. Read the information from the prospect about Belarus and say in
2–3 sentences what it is about.
Khatyn memorial
Until 1943, Khatyn was a usual Belarusian village to the
north-east of Minsk. But on 22 March, 1943, the occupying
German forces encircled the village. All the inhabitants were
taken to a barn and burnt alive. 149 people, including
75 children, died. Only a few people miraculously survived in
this terrible tragedy. Half of the people killed in Khatyn were
children under 16 years old. Khatyn is not the only village that
202
disappeared, but it’s one of the 629 Belarusian villages destroyed
by Nazis during the Great Patriotic War. 186 of these villages
9
have never been rebuilt.
The Khatyn memorial complex was officially opened on
5 July, 1969 to honour the memory of almost three million
Belarusians who died during the Great Patriotic War. Khatyn
memorial has become one of the most significant places in
Belarus. The memorial is located 54 km north-east of Minsk in
the Minsk region of Belarus. At the entrance to the complex,
there is a six-metre bronze sculpture of an old man with a boy
in his arms. The old man is one of a few Khatyn’s survivors
whose son tragically died. To the right of the sculpture there is
a black plate resembling the roof of the burnt barn in which the
fascists burnt the villagers. The
memorial has 26 chimneys with
bells – one for each of the houses
in the village – which ring out
every hour. Each chimney
has a sign remembering the
family members who died. At
the entrance to the courtyard
of each house, there is an open
gate, a symbol of the hospitality
of the villagers. In place of
former wells there are their
copies made of stone.
Further into the memorial is the only village cemetery in the
world which is often called the “ghost village”. 185 Belarusian
villages like Khatyn were not reconstructed after the war, and
have disappeared from the world map. On each grave there is the
name of the village and the area of its former location, as well as
a piece of soil brought from every place of the tragedy. The Wall
of Sorrow near the cemetery represents the memorial slabs with
the names of 66 largest death camps in which a huge number of
innocent people died.
Brest Fortress
Brest Fortress dates back to the 19th century and became
a key symbol of Soviet resistance in the Great patriotic War.
203
It was built at the meeting-point of the rivers Bug and
Mukhavyets. During its construction, the entire town was
relocated to a new position 2 km away. It earned the title of Hero
Fortress for the courage shown by Soviet soldiers when the
German army attacked our country in 1941.
The entrance of the fortress represents a huge star cut into
a concrete block. As you walk up to the centre of the fortress
you see “Thirst”, a large monument depicting a wounded soldier
trying to get some water from the river. The monument reflects
the bravery of the last remaining soldiers who defended the
Fortress for many days without food or water.
The Bayonet Obelisk, 100 m high, is linked to the Courage
monument by three rows of gravestones. The Courage
monument is 33.5 m high and symbolises the heroism of the
defenders. “We’d rather die than surrender” were the words
they inscribed on one of the fortress walls. The Eternal Flame
reminds us of that heroic and tragic page in the history of Brest
Fortress.
2. Find the extract about a historic event and read it aloud.
3. What can you see in each of the memorial?
4. Why are war memorials important?
204
II. LISTENING 9
1. Listen to the guide speaking about the Great Patriotic War
museum and answer the questions below.
1. Why is the Great Patriotic War museum unique?

2. What does the new building look like?
3. What sights are located around the museum?
III. SPEAKING
1. Why are you proud of Belarus?
2. What Belarusian souvenirs would you buy for your British
friend?
3. Ask a tourist about their impressions of Belarus.
4. Recommend a tourist Belarusian sights which are worth
visiting.
5. “East or West, home is best” says the proverb. Do you
agree with it?
205
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
(RUSSIAN)
UNIT 5
Past Perfect Continuous – Прошедшее совершенное
продолженное время
Временная форма Past Perfect Continuous указывает на
действие, которое началось в прошлом и продолжалось в
течение некоторого времени до какого-то другого момента
в прошлом. Данное действие могло завершиться непосред-
ственно перед этим моментом либо все еще продолжаться.
Можно сказать, что Past Perfect Continuous является
аналогом Present Perfect Continuous, но в прошедшем вре-
мени. В обоих случаях длившиеся какое-то время действия
заканчиваются к указанному моменту: для Present Perfect
Continuous – к настоящему моменту, а для Past Perfect
Continuous – к некоторому моменту в прошлом.
Сравним:
Past Perfect Continuous Present Perfect Continuous
By that time he had been I have been experimenting
experimenting with Cubism for with Cubism for some time. Look
some time. at my new work.
now now
Определенный момент в прошлом может быть обозначен

точным временем (by 7 o’clock yesterday) или другим
действием (by the time / when / before / after / till / until + V2).
Длительность действия может указываться словосочетаниями
типа all day long, all night или словосочетаниями, образо-
ванными с помощью предлогов for, since.
By 1937 Picasso had been experimenting with Surrealism
and Cubism for ten years.
Picasso had been experimenting with Surrealism and Cubism
for ten years when he was commissioned to create a painting for
the Spanish Republic’s pavilion at the 1937 Paris World Fair.
206
В отличие от Раst Perfect, когда важно подчеркнуть
завершенность действия и его результат, Раst Perfect
Continuous делает акцент на длительность процесса.
Сравним:
Past Perfect Continuous Past Perfect

By that time Michelangelo had By that time Michelangelo had
been sculpting for half of his life. already earned fame for his
(что делал? – занимался скуль- sculptures.
птурой) (что сделал? – заработал славу)
now now
Раst Perfect Continuous может также обозначать действие,

которое длилось в течение какого-то периода времени в
прошлом и завершилось с определенным результатом.
Сравним:

The man was tired (effect) The man was tired (effect)
because he had been running because he had run 15 km (cause).
(cause).
(что делал? – бегал) (что cделал? – пробежал 15 км)
Как и все временные формы группы Continuous, Раst

Perfect Continuous не употребляется с глаголами состояния
(e.g. be, know, etc). С такими глаголами вместо Раst Perfect
Continuous используется Раst Perfect.
 It had been there for three and a half centuries before they
decided to protect the sculpture from the elements.
 It had been being there for three and a half centuries before
they decided to protect the sculpture from the elements.
Обе временные формы Past Continuous и Past Perfect
Continuous описывают действие, которое п р о д о л ж а л о с ь
в прошлом. Однако Past Continuous акцентирует внимание
на том, что это действие совершалось именно в указанный
момент в прошлом, Past Perfect Continuous подчеркивает
длительность совершения этого действия.
207
Сравним:
Past Perfect Continuous Past Continuous
By that time Michelangelo At that time Michelangelo
had been sculpting for half was working at his new
of his life. sculpture.
now now
by that time at that time
Past Perfect Continuous образуется с помощью вспомо-

гательного глагола to be в Past Perfect (had been) и смыслового
глагола с окончанием -ing (Participle I).
had been V + ing
+ ? –
He had been Had he been He hadn’t been
doing it. doing it? doing it.
UNIT 6
Future Continuous – Будущее продолженное время
Глаголы в форме будущего продолженного времени
выражают действие, которое будет происходить в опреде-
ленный момент или отрезок времени в будущем.
Future Continuous образуется с помощью вспомогатель-
ного глагола to be в будущем времени (will be) и причастия
настоящего времени смыслового глагола Present Participle:
will + be + V – ing
We’ll be expecting you at 5. – Мы будем ждать вас в 5 часов.
Next month they will be repairing the school. – В следующем
месяце они будут ремонтировать школу.
This time on Sunday I’ll be bathing in the sea. – В это время
в воскресенье я буду купаться в море.
+ She will be sleeping. – She will not be sleeping.
Will she be sleeping? Yes, she will. No, she will not. (No, she
won’t.)
208
Будущее продолженное время, как правило, употреб-
ляется в следующих ситуациях:
 при выражении действий, которые будут происходить в
будущем в какой-то определенный момент. Обычно для этого
используются слова и словосочетания типа завтра в 6 часов
и т.п., а также конкретные определения либо придаточное
предложение с использованием глагола-сказуемого в настоя-
щем неопределенном времени:
We’ll be holding a meeting at 5 o’clock tomorrow. – Завтра
в 5 часов мы будем проводить собрание.
Не will be presenting his report when I come to the University. –
Когда я приду в университет, он будет читать доклад.
 при выражении действий, которые будут происходить
в будущем в течение значительного периода времени:
The auto industry will be increasing the production of
new cars from year to year. – Из года в год автомобильная
промышленность будет увеличивать выпуск новых машин.
Narrative Tenses – Времена, используемые

при повествовании
I. Past Simple – простое прошедшее время в английском
языке.
Прошедшее неопределенное время широко используется
в повествовании для описания последовательных событий
прошлого:
 если действие произошло в прошлом и никак не связано
с настоящим. Следует обратить внимание на слова-маркеры:
yesterday (вчера), last month (в прошлом месяце), 5 years ago
(5 лет назад), in 1999 (в 1999):
My brother was born in 1987. Нe moved to the capital 7 years
ago. – Мой брат родился в 1987 году. Он переехал в столицу
7 лет назад.
 если необходимо пересказать череду действий в прошлом:
He wrote the letter, put it in the envelope, left it on the table
and went out. – Он написал письмо, положил его в конверт,
оставил на столе и ушел.
209
 если необходимо показать, что упоминаемое действие
было обычным и неоднократно происходило в прошлом в
течение какого-либо периода времени:
From 1995 to 2000 he worked as a manager. – Он работал
менеджером с 1995 по 2000 г.
II. Past Continuous – длительное прошедшее время в
английском языке.
Отличие этого времени от предыдущего заключается толь-
ко в том, что в этом случае действие прошлого показано в про-
цессе. Момент, в который протекает данное действие, часто
бывает обозначен другим коротким действием в Past Simple:
 если речь идет о действии, которое происходило в опре-
деленный момент в прошлом:
She was drinking coffee when I came in. – Она пила кофе,
когда я пришел.
 если необходимо дать характеристику человеку, делая
при этом речь эмоционально окрашенной:
My mother was always hiding sweets from me when I was a
kid. – Когда я была ребенком, мама постоянно прятала от
меня конфеты.
III. Past Perfect и Past Perfect Continuous – совершенное
прошедшее время и совершенное длительное прошедшее
время в английском языке.
Простое совершенное время употребляется для выражения
действия, которое уже свершилось до определенного момента
времени в прошлом. Past Perfect представляет собой «пред-
прошедшее» время, поскольку оно выражает прошедшее
действие по отношению к моменту времени, также являю-
щемуся прошедшим:
 если необходимо выразить действие, которое закон-
чилось до определенного момента в прошлом:
Malfoy had done the work by the time his friend returned. –
Малфой закончил всю работу к тому времени, как вернулся
его друг.
 если необходимо показать два действия, одно из которых
было в процессе, а второе завершилось к его началу:
210
The rain had stopped and the stars were twinkling on the dark
sky. – Дождь закончился, и на темном небе сверкали звезды.
Past Perfect Continuous необходимо употреблять тогда,
когда действие в предложении начнется до определенного мо-
мента в прошлом и продолжится до него же (или включая его):
Tim was a man she had been searching for all her life. – Тим
был именно тем мужчиной, которого она искала всю жизнь.
IV. Использование инверсии с наречиями hardly / scarcely
… when, no sooner … than.
Если подлежащее ставится после сказуемого, то такое
расположение главных членов предложения называется
обратным порядком слов или инверсией.
Обратный порядок слов употребляется в главной части
сложноподчиненных предложений, начинающихся наре-
чиями hardly / scarcely (едва), no sooner (как только, едва)
и др. В этих предложениях перед подлежащим стоит вспомо-
гательный глагол, входящий в состав сказуемого, или глагол-
сказуемое, и все предложение подчеркивает эмоциональный
характер выраженной в нем мысли.
Если главное предложение начинается наречием scarce-
ly / hardly, в придаточном предложении употребляется союз
when, если же главное предложение начинается наречием
no sooner, то в придаточном предложении употребляется
союз than:
Hardly had he finished his work when somebody knocked
at the door. – Едва он окончил свою работу, как кто-то
постучал в дверь.
No sooner had we reached the town than we learnt the news. –
He успели мы добраться до города, как узнали новость.
UNIT 7
Prefixes
Prefix Meaning Examples
Anti- against Anti-war, anti-social
Auto- of or by yourself, Automobile, autograph,
working by itself automatic
211
Co- together Coeducation, co-pilot, coexist
Em- making something or be Embellish, empower
in a particular state or
have a particular quality
Homo- same Homogeneous, homograph,
homonym
Hetero- different Heterogeneous, heterosexual
Hyper- more than usual, Hyperactive, hypertension
especially too much;
beyond the usual size
or limits
Inter- between Interactive, inter-city
Mega- Extremely; also – a Megabite, megawatt
million (with the units
of measurement)
Mid- among or in the middle Midday, mid-January
Over- above, more than, etc. Overlook, overcharge
Out- beyond, bigger than …, Outnumber, outperform
better than …
Post- after Post-election,
post-revolution
Pre- before Prehistoric, pre-war
Pro- in favour of Procommunist,
pro-democracy
Re- again, back to a former Rewrite, reconsider
state
Semi- half Semi-finals,
semi-detached.
Sub- under Sub-Saharan, subtract
Super- below, less, almost Supermodel,
superconductor
Trans- across Transatlantic, translation
Under- not enough Undercook, underestimate.
Up- making something Upscale, upmarket
higher, closer to the
higher / better part
212
UNIT 8
Reported (Indirect) Speech – Косвенная речь
Прямая речь – это дословное цитирование говорящего
или пишущего, его высказывание, которое в предложении
заключается в кавычки. Вводная часть предложения с
прямой речью поясняет, чья речь передается:
Tom said: “I’m going to award myself with a cup of leisurely
coffee after this hard work”. – Том сказал: «Я собираюсь наградить
себя чашечкой неспешного кофе после этой тяжелой работы».
Косвенная речь – это передача говорящим или пишущим
чужой речи с сохранением ее основного содержания. Син-
таксически косвенная речь представляет собой придаточное
предложение [subordinate clause], которое передает чужую
речь – повествование, вопросы, просьбы / приказы – в составе
сложноподчиненного предложения. Главное предложение
[main clause] поясняет, чью речь, чье высказывание передает
говорящий:
Tom said (говорящий цитирует речь Тома – то, что сказал
Том) that he was going to award himself with a cup of leisurely
coffee after that hard work (содержание речи Тома).
Главное и придаточное предложения соединяются с
помощью различных союзов и союзных слов. Схема сложно-
подчиненного предложения выглядит следующим образом:
(Main clause) Conj. [subordinate clause].
(She asked me) why [I hadn’t come in time].

Чтобы передать чье-либо высказывание, выраженное
утвердительным или отрицательным повествовательным
предложением:
 необходимо ввести косвенную речь, используя в главном
предложении один из следующих глаголов:
 say (says, said), answer(-s, -ed), add(-s, -ed), report(-s, -ed),
stress(-es, -ed), write (writes, wrote) that / why / where …

 tell (tells, told) smb, inform(-s, -ed) smb that / why / where …
 let (lets, let) smb know that / why / where …
 explain(-s, -ed) to smb, wrote to smb that / why / where …
213
 если в главном предложении используется глагол, вводя-
щий косвенную речь, в настоящем времени – Present Simple,
то в придаточном предложении времена, использованные
в прямой речи, необходимо оставить б е з и з м е н е н и я в
к о с в е н н о й р е ч и, например:
Mary always says: “I do my homework every day, but
yesterday was an exception. I didn’t have any free time at all”.
Mary always says that she does her homework every day, but
yesterday was an exception. She didn’t have any free time at all.
My friend immediately says to me: “I am going to the cinema
with you tomorrow”.
My friend immediately tells me (that) he is going to the
cinema with me tomorrow.
 необходимо обратить внимание на личные и притяжа-
тельные местоимения и заменить их по смыслу:
I (do) my (homework) – she (does) her (homework), I (didn’t
have) – She (didn’t have), I (am going) – he (is going), (with)
you – (with) me.
 необходимо обратить внимание на согласование подле-
жащего со сказуемым в косвенной речи, что требует измене-
ния форм глаголов:
I do – she does, I am going – he is going.
 если в главном предложении используется глагол,
вводящий косвенную речь, в прошедшем времени – Past
Simple, то в придаточном предложении, т.е. в косвенной речи,
необходимо осуществить сдвиг времен в прошлое в соответ-
ствии с правилом согласования времен Sequence of Tenses:
Время в предложении Время в предложении
с прямой речью с косвенной речью
Present Simple Past Simple
Present Continuous Past Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Past Simple Past Perfect
Past Continuous Past Perfect Continuous
Past Perfect Past Perfect
Future Simple (will V) Future Simple-in-the-Past (would V)
can could
may might
must / had to had to
214
 необходимо изменить наречия времени и места, а также
указательные местоимения:
Наречие / указательное Наречие / указательное
местоимение в предложении местоимение в предложении
с прямой речью с косвенной речью
today / tonight that day / that night
now then, at that moment
this (morning) that (morning)
tomorrow the next day
yesterday / (three days) ago the day before / (three days)
last (week) before
next (week) the (week) before
here the following (week)
this / these there
that / those
I regularly repair my garage. – He said (that) he regularly
repaired his garage.
I am repairing my garage now. – He said (that) he was
repairing his garage.
I have already repaired my garage. – He said (that) he had
already repaired his garage.
I repaired my garage yesterday. – He said (that) he had
repaired his garage the day before.
I have to do this job. – He said (that) he had to do that job.
I won’t have time to do the work tomorrow. – He said (that)
he wouldn’t have time to do the work the next day.
Н е в с е г д а нужно изменять время глагола, когда он
используется в косвенной речи:
 если сообщается о какой-либо ситуации и предпола-
гается, что она все еще существует, например:
Mark said: “Rome is more beautiful than Paris”. – Mark said
that Rome is more beautiful than Paris. (Он все еще так думает.)
Diana said: “I want to be a movie star”. – Diana said that
she wants to be a movie star. (Она до сих пор хочет стать кино-
звездой.)
Diana said that she wanted to be a movie star.
Изменение глагола на прошедшее время будет тоже
п р а в и л ь н ы м. Но использовать прошедшее время необ-
ходимо, если к моменту разговора ситуация изменилась.
215
Чтобы задать косвенный вопрос, необходимо:
 определить:
 в каком времени стоит вопрос в прямой речи;
 какой это тип вопроса – общий, альтернативный или
специальный:
 ввести косвенный вопрос, используя в главном пред-
ложении один из следующих глаголов:
 ask(-s, -ed), wonder(-s, -ed)
 want(-s, -ed) to know / to learn / to hear / find out
 am (is, are) / was (were) interested to know / to learn / to
hear / find out

 поставить союз:
 if, whether – для общих и альтернативных вопросов;
 what, who, when, why, where, how, и т.д. – для спе-
циальных вопросов;
 изменить порядок слов в прямом вопросе, чтобы пре-
вратить его в повествовательное предложение, одновременно
правильно согласовывая подлежащее и сказуемое (если
глагол в главном предложении стоит в Present Simple) или
изменяя его время в соответствии с правилом согласования
времен (если глагол в главном предложении стоит в Past
Simple). Например:
“Do you love me?” the girl asks her boyfriend. (Это общий
вопрос в Present Simple.)
The girl asks her boyfriend / The girl wants to kno. (Выби-
рается глагол и его время в главном предложении – Present
Simple):
(The girl wants to know) if (Выбирается союз if /
whether для общего вопроса.)
(The girl wants to know) if [her boyfriend loves her].
(Вопрос Do you love me? заменяется повествовательным пред-
ложением.)
(The girl asked her boyfriend) whether [he loved her]. (Здесь
глагол главного предложения стоит в Past Simple.)
He asked her: “What is your favourite colour?” – He asked
her what her favourite colour was.
216
Команда или просьба в косвенной речи выражается
инфинитивом с частицей to: tell / ask / order somebody (not)
to do something:
The teacher says / said: “Don’t miss your classes!” – The
teacher tells / told her students not to miss their classes.
The definite article with the names of newspapers

and magazines – Определенный артикль с названиями
газет и журналов
Невозможно определить одно конкретное правило ис-
пользования определенного артикля с названиями газет и
журналов в английском языке. Названия выбираются и
присваиваются газетам компаниями и организациями-учре-
дителями.
Единственный вывод, который можно сделать, глядя на
списки газет, состоит в том, что в большинстве названий газет
артикль отсутствует.
Лучшие ежедневные газеты Великобритании по среднему
тиражу в будние дни (2020 г.): Metro, The Sun, Daily Mail,
Evening Standard, Daily Mirror, The Times1, The Daily
Telegraph, Daily Express, Daily Star, i, Financial Times, The
Guardian, Daily Record, City A.M.
Лучшие воскресные газеты Великобритании по среднему
тиражу в будние дни (2020 г.): The Sun on Sunday, The
Mail on Sunday, The Sunday Times, Sunday Mirror, Sunday
Express, Daily Star Sunday, The Observer, The Sunday People,
Sunday Mail, Sunday Post.
10 ведущих газет США по среднему тиражу в будние дни
(2019 г.): USA Today, The Wall Street Journal, The New York
Times, New York Post, Los Angeles Times, The Washington
Post, Star Tribune, Newsday, Chicago Tribune, The Boston
Globe.
Лучше всего запомнить названия ведущих газет, упо-
требляемых с о п р е д е л е н н ы м а р т и к л е м, поскольку
большинство других названий газет употребляется без
артикля.
1 The Times, The Daily Telegraph and the Guardian are called the
‘big three’ quality newspapers in the UK.
217
Носители языка добавляют определенный артикль перед
названиями газет, даже если в официальном названии его
нет. Например:
The Daily Mail is a British daily middle-market newspaper
published in London in a tabloid format. (Wikipedia)
Артикль the здесь не является частью официального
названия газеты. Он используется:
 из-за имени нарицательного «mail» в названии газеты;
 потому что подразумевается, хотя и не называется прямо
популярная газета «Daily Mail», известная многим, – the
popular Daily Mail newspaper. Точно так же можно объяснить
использование определенного артикля в других примерах:
The Financial Times was founded in 1888 by James Sheridan
and his brother … (Britannica)
“In 1982 the company1 began publishing USA Today, the
United States’ first national, general-interest newspaper. In
subsequent years the company purchased newspapers in larger
cities, including the Des Moines Register (1985), the Detroit
News (1986, sold in 2005) …” (Britannica)
Следует обратить внимание и на то, что названия газет
выделяются курсивом, даже если остальной текст прямой.
Названия журналов употребляются б е з а р т и к л я за
редкими исключениями. Их нужно запомнить.
Британские журналы: BBC Top Gear Magazine – a maga-
zine about automobiles; Bella, Chat, Pick Me Up! – magazines
for women; Hello!, new!, OK! – magazines about celebrity news;
Empire – a film magazine; Inside Soap – a weekly magazine
about soap operas; Homes & Gardens, Ideal Home; Radio Times;
Vogue – a fashion magazine; What’s on TV; Woman & Home;
Shout, Teen Breathe – magazines for teenagers.
Но: The Economist – a weekly newspaper published in a
magazine format; The Official Jacqueline Wilson – a magazine
for book lovers from 6 to 12; The People’s Friend – a weekly story
magazine; The Week – a weekly news magazine.
Журналы США: Car and Driver – about automobiles;
Aviation Week & Space Technology (AW&ST); Money,
1 Gannett Co.
218
Kiplinger’s Personal Finance, Bloomberg Businessweek,
Consumer Reports, Consumers Digest, Entrepreneur, Fortune,
Forbes, Harvard Business Review – magazines about money and
business; Bon Appétit, Food Network Magazine – about food and
cooking; Men’s Health (MH), Men’s Journal – magazines for
men; Cosmopolitan, Glamour, Self, Woman’s Day – magazines
for women; Highlights for Children, American Girls, Scout
Life, Jack and Jill, Lego Magazine, National Geographic Kids
Magazine, Sesame Street Magazine, Stone Soup, Zoobooks –
magazines for children.
Но: O, The Oprah Magazine (O) – a magazine for women;
The Comics Journal (TCJ), The Holiday Reporter (THR) –
entertainment magazines.
Что касается иностранных газет и журналов, их названия
употребляются так, как в языке их происхождения, например
Pravda (российская газета), der Spiegel (немецкая газета, где
der – определенный артикль).
UNIT 9
Plural of nouns – Множественное число существительных
Исчисляемые существительные в английском языке
имеют д в а ч и с л а – единственное и множественное.
Множественное число образуется с помощью суффик-
са -s: suggestion – suggestions (предложение – предложения),
umbrella – umbrellas (зонт – зонты).
1. К некоторым словам, которые оканчиваются на -o,
-ch, -s, -ss, -sh, -x, добавляется -es: box – boxes (коробка –
коробки), bush – bushes (куст – кусты). Однако иностранные
слова и аббревиатуры, которые оканчиваются на -o, образуют
множественное число с помощью добавления -s: piano – pia-
nos, kilo – kilos.
2. Если существительные оканчиваются на -f, -fe, во
множественном числе f меняется на v и добавляется es: leaf –
leaves (лист – листья), knife – knives (нож – ножи), thief –
thieves (вор – воры), wife – wives (жена – жены).
К существительным, оканчивающимся на -oof, -ief, -ff, -rf,
во множественном числе чаще всего добавляется -s: roof – roofs
(крыша – крыши), chief – chiefs (руководитель – руководи-
тели), cliff – cliffs (утес – утесы), scarf – scarfs (шарф – шарфы).
219
3. Если существительные оканчиваются на -y с согласным
перед ним, то во множественном числе -y меняется на -i и
добавляется -es: country – countries (страна – страны).
4. В составных существительных главный элемент
обычно получает окончание -s: sister-in-law – sisters-in-law
(невестка – невестки). Если ни один из элементов не является
существительным, окончание добавляется к последнему
слову: merry-go-round – merry-go-rounds (карусель – карусели).
Особые формы множественного числа:
1. Существительные foot – feet (ступня – ступни); goose –
geese (гусь – гуси); louse – lice (вошь – вши); mouse – mice
(мышь – мыши); man – men (мужчина – мужчины); woman –
women (женщина – женщины); person – people (человек – люди)
(но: people – народ, нация; peoples – народы, нации); child –
children (ребенок – дети); tooth – teeth (зуб – зубы); ox – oxen
(бык – быки).
2. Существительные, заимствованные из греческого и
латинского языков, сохраняют форму множественного числа,
которую они имели в этих языках, и подлежат запоминанию:
medium – media (средство – средства), crisis – crises (кризис –
кризисы), datum – data (элемент данных – данные), phenom-
enon – phenomena (феномен – феномены), etc.
3. Если первая часть составного существительного содер-
жит слова man, woman, то обе части ставятся во множест-
венное число: Man driver – men drivers (водитель – водители).
Исчисляемые и неисчисляемые существительные
1. Исчисляемые существительные можно посчитать: six
jobs (шесть работ), many suggestions (много предложений).
Неисчисляемые существительные не образуют множест-
венного числа. Как и в русском языке, слова музыка, кровь,
вода, золото (music, blood, water, gold) не употребляются во
множественном числе. Хотя так же, как и в русском языке, в
зависимости от контекста возможны варианты: воды Атлан-
тики – waters of Atlantic, смешение кровей – bloods mixing.
2. Некоторые существительные могут быть и исчисляемы-
ми, и неисчисляемыми. Этот факт определяется из контекста:
I bought a paper. – Я купил газету. (Газета – исчисляемое
существительное. Мы можем газеты посчитать.)
220
I bought some paper. – Я купил бумагу. (Бумага –
неисчисляемое существительное. Бумага – это «материал»,
который посчитать нельзя, ее возможно посчитать только
в листах, рулонах и т.д.)
3. Следующие существительные имеют одинаковую форму
единственного и множественного числа: fish (рыба – рыбы
(но: fishes – виды рыб)), deer (олень – олени), sheep (овца –
овцы), fruit (фрукт – фрукты (но: fruits – виды фруктов)) и др.
4. Есть также существительные, которые употребляются
только во множественном числе: clothes (одежда), police
(полиция), cattle (скот), pyjamas (пижама), trousers (брюки),
glasses, spectacles (очки), scissors (ножницы), goods (товары,
(часто переводится на русский язык в единственном числе –
товар)), holidays (каникулы (есть и единственное число –
holiday, но это уже праздник)), customs (таможня), jeans
(джинсы), tights (колготки), shorts (шорты) и др. (почти как
в русском языке).
5. Есть существительные, которые употребляются только
в единственном числе: advice (совет), furniture (мебель), infor-
mation (информация), trouble (проблема). Однако некоторые
из них в русском языке бывают только во множественном
числе: hair (волосы).
6. Есть еще несколько слов, которые, несмотря на конеч-
ную -s, употребляются в единственном числе: physics,
mathematics, optics, phonetics, politics и им подобные.
News (новости) считается существительным множест-
венного числа (plural), но в предложении употребляется как
единственное (singular). На русский язык переводится по
смыслу множественным или единственным числом:
This was news to me. – Это было новостью для меня.
Cуществует еще несколько подобных слов, у которых
единственное число ничем не отличается от множественного
(хотя в зависимости от контекста тоже возможны варианты):
means – средство – средства; works – завод, фабрика – за-
воды, фабрики; crossroads – перекресток – перекрестки (но
иногда пишется и crossroad); headquarters – штаб – штабы;
series – серия – серии; species – вид, разновидность – виды,
разновидности.
221
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
(BELARUSIAN)
UNIT 5
Past Perfect Continuous –
Прошлы закончаны працяглы час
Часавая форма Past Perfect Continuous паказвае на
дзеянне, якое пачалося ў мінулым і працягвалася некаторы
час да нейкага іншага моманту ў мінулым. Дадзенае дзеянне
магло завяршыцца непасрэдна перад гэтым момантам альбо
ўсё яшчэ працягвацца.
Можна сказаць, што Past Perfect Continuous з’яўляецца
аналагам Present Perfect Continuous, але ў мінулым часе.
У абодвух выпадках дзеянні, якія доўжыліся нейкі час,
закончваюцца да згаданага моманту: для Present Perfect
Continuous – да дадзенага моманту, а для Past Perfect
Continuous – да некаторага моманту ў мінулым.
Параўнаем:
Past Perfect Continuous Present Perfect Continuous
By that time he had been I have been experimenting
experimenting with Cubism for with Cubism for some time. Look
some time. at my new work.
now now
Пэўны момант у мінулым можа быць пазначаны даклад-
ным часам (by 7 o’clock yesterday) або іншым дзеяннем (by
the time / when / before / after / till / until + V2). Працягласць
дзеяння можа паказвацца словазлучэннямі тыпу all day
long, all night або словазлучэннямі, утворанымі з дапамогай
прыназоўнікаў for, since.
By 1937 Picasso had been experimenting with Surrealism
and Cubism for ten years.
Picasso had been experimenting with Surrealism and Cubism
for ten years when he was commissioned to create a painting for
the Spanish Republic’s pavilion at the 1937 Paris World Fair.
222
У адрозненне ад Раst Perfect, калі важна падкрэсліць
завершанасць дзеяння і яго вынік, Раst Perfect Continuous
робіць акцэнт на працягласці працэсу.
Параўнаем:
By that time Michelangelo had By that time Michelangelo had
been sculpting for half of his life. already earned fame for his
sculptures.
(што рабіў? – займаўся скульп- (што зрабіў? – зарабіў славу)
турай)
now now
Раst Perfect Continuous можа таксама абазначаць дзеянне,

якое доўжылася на працягу нейкага перыяду часу ў мінулым
і завяршылася з пэўным вынікам.
Параўнаем:

The man was tired (effect) The man was tired (effect)
because he had been running because he had run 15 km (cause).
(cause).
(што рабіў? – бегаў) (што зрабіў? – прабег 15 км)
Як і ўсе часавыя формы групы Continuous, Раst Perfect

Continuous не ўжываецца з дзеясловамі стану (e.g. be, know,
etc). З такімі дзеясловамі замест Раst Perfect Continuous
выкарыстоўваецца Раst Perfect.
 It had been there for three and a half centuries before they
decided to protect the sculpture from the elements.
 It had been being there for three and a half centuries before
they decided to protect the sculpture from the elements.
Абедзве часавыя формы Past Continuous і Past Perfect
Continuous апісваюць дзеянне, якое п р а ц я г в а л а с я ў мі-
нулым. Аднак Past Continuous акцэнтуе ўвагу на тым, што
гэта дзеянне здзяйснялася менавіта ў азначаны момант у
мінулым. Past Perfect Continuous падкрэслівае працягласць
здзяйснення гэтага дзеяння.
223
Параўнаем:
Past Perfect Continuous Past Continuous
By that time Michelangelo At that time Michelangelo
had been sculpting for half of was working at his new
his life. sculpture.
now now
by that time at that time
Past Perfect Continuous утвараецца з выкарыстаннем да-

паможнага дзеяслова to be у Past Perfect (had been) і сэнсавага
дзеяслова з канчаткам -ing (Participle I).
had been V + ing
+ ? –
He had been Had he been He hadn’t been
doing it. doing it? doing it.
UNIT 6
Future continuous – Будучы працяглы час
Дзеясловы ў форме будучага працяглага часу перадаюць
дзеянне, якое будзе адбывацца ў пэўны момант ці адрэзак
часу ў будучым.
Future Continuous утвараецца з выкарыстаннем дапамож-
нага дзеяслова to be ў будучым часе (will be) і дзеепрыметніка
цяперашняга часу сэнсавага дзеяслова Present Participle:
will + be + V – ing
We’ll be expecting you at 5. – Мы будзем чакаць вас у 5 га-
дзін.
Next month they will be repairing the school. – У наступным
месяцы яны будуць рамантаваць школу.
This time on Sunday i’ll be bathing in the sea. – У гэты час
у нядзелю я буду купацца ў моры.
+ She will be sleeping. – She will not be sleeping.
She Will be sleeping? Yes, she will. No, she will not. (No, she
won’t.)
224
Будучы працяглы час, як правіла, ужываецца ў наступных
сітуацыях:
 для перадачы дзеянняў, якія будуць адбывацца ў
будучым у нейкі пэўны момант. Звычайна для гэтага ўжы-
ваюцца словы і словазлучэнні тыпу заўтра ў 6 гадзін
і да т.п., а таксама канкрэтныя азначэнні альбо даданы сказ
з ужываннем дзеяслова-выказніка ў цяперашнім няпэўным
часе:
We’ll be holding a meeting at 5 o’clock tomorrow. – Заўтра
ў 5 гадзін мы будзем праводзіць сход.
Не will be presenting his report when I come to the
University. – Калі я прыйду ва ўніверсітэт, ён будзе чытаць
даклад.
 для перадачы дзеянняў, якія будуць адбывацца ў
будучыні на працягу значнага перыяду часу:
The auto industry will be increasing the production of
new cars from year to year. – З года ў год аўтамабільная
прамысловасць будзе павялічваць выпуск новых машын.
Narrative рэдакцыя часы – Часы, якія ўжываюцца

пры апавяданні
I. Past Simple – просты мінулы час у англійскай мове.
Прошлы няпэўны час шырока выкарыстоўваецца ў
апавяданні для апісання паслядоўных падзей мінулага:
 калі дзеянне адбылося ў мінулым і ніяк не звязана з
сучаснасцю. Неабходна звярнуць увагу на словы-маркеры:
yesterday (учора), last month (у мінулым месяцы), 5 years ago
(5 гадоў таму), in 1999 (у 1999):
My brother was born in 1987. Нe moved to the capital
7 years ago. – Мой брат нарадзіўся ў 1987 годзе. Ён пераехаў
у сталіцу 7 гадоў таму.
 калі неабходна пераказаць шэраг дзеянняў у мінулым:
He wrote the letter, put it in the envelope, left it on the table
and went out. – Ён напісаў ліст, паклаў яго ў канверт,
пакінуў на стале і пайшоў.
225
 калі неабходна паказаць, што называемае дзеянне было
звычайным і неаднаразова адбывалася ў мінулым на працягу
якога-небудзь перыяду часу:
Ад 1995 да 2000 he worked as a manager. – Ён працаваў
менеджарам з 1995 па 2000 г.
II. Past Continuous – працяглы прошлы час у англійскай
мове.
Адрозненне гэтага часу ад папярэдняга заключаецца
толькі ў тым, што ў гэтым выпадку дзеянне мінулага паказана
ў працэсе. Момант, у які працякае дадзенае дзеянне, часта
бывае пазначаны іншым кароткім дзеяннем у Past Simple.
 калі гаворка ідзе пра дзеянне, якое адбывалася ў пэўны
момант у мінулым:
She was drinking coffee when I came in. – Яна піла каву,
калі я прыйшоў.
 калі неабходна даць характарыстыку чалавеку, робячы
пры гэтым гаворку эмацыйна афарбаванай:
My mother was always hiding sweets from me when I was a
kid. – Калі я была дзіцём, мама пастаянна хавала ад мяне
цукеркі.
III. Past Perfect і Past Perfect Continuous – закончаны
прошлы час і закончаны працяглы прошлы час у англійскай
мове.
Просты закончаны час ужываецца, каб перадаць дзеянне,
якое ўжо адбылося да пэўнага моманту ў мінулым. Past
Perfect уяўляе сабой «перадпрошлы» час, паколькі ён перадае
мінулае дзеянне ў адносінах моманту, які таксама з’яўляецца
мінулым:
 калі неабходна перадаць дзеянне, якое скончылася да
пэўнага моманту ў мінулым:
Malfoy had done the work by the time his friend вярнуліся. –
Малфой скончыў усю працу да таго часу, як вярнуўся яго
сябар.
 калі неабходна перадаць два дзеянні, адно з якіх было
ў працэсе, а другое завяршылася да яго пачатку:
The rain had stopped and the stars were twinkling on the dark
sky. – Дождж скончыўся, і на цёмным небе зіхацелі зоркі.
226
Past Perfect Continuous неабходна ўжываць тады, калі
дзеянне ў сказе пачнецца да пэўнага моманту ў мінулым і
працягнецца да яго ж (або ўключаючы яго):
Tim was a man she had been searching for all her life. – Цім
быў менавіта тым мужчынам, якога яна шукала ўсё жыццё.
IV. Ужыванне інверсіі з прыслоўямі hardly / scarcely ...
when ... no sooner ... than.
Калі дзейнік ставіцца пасля выказніка, то такое размяш-
чэнне галоўных членаў сказа называецца зваротным парад-
кам слоў ці інверсіяй.
Зваротны парадак слоў ужываецца ў галоўнай частцы
складаназалежных сказаў, якія пачынаюцца прыслоўямі
hardly / scarcely (ледзь), no sooner (як толькі, ледзь) і інш.
У гэтых сказах перад дзейнікам стаіць дапаможны дзеяслоў,
які ўваходзіць у склад выказніка, або дзеяслоў-выказнік,
і ўвесь сказ падкрэслівае эмацыйны характар перададзенай
у ім думкі.
Калі галоўны сказ пачынаецца прыслоўем scarcely /
hardly, у даданым сказе ўжываецца злучнік when, калі ж
галоўны сказ пачынаецца прыслоўем no sooner, то ў даданым
сказе ўжываецца злучнік than:
Hardly had he finished his work when somebody knocked at
the door. – Ледзь ён скончыў сваю працу, як хтосьці пастукаў
у дзверы.
No sooner had we reached the town than we learnt the news. –
He паспелі мы дабрацца да горада, як даведаліся пра навіну.
UNIT 7
Prefixes
Anti- against Anti-war, anti-social
Auto- of or by yourself, Automobile, autograph,
working by itself automatic
Co- together Coeducation, co-pilot, coexist
227
Em- making something or be Embellish, empower
in a particular state or
have a particular quality
Homo- same Homogeneous, homograph,
homonym
Hetero- different Heterogeneous, heterosexual
Hyper- more than usual, Hyperactive, hypertension
especially too much;
beyond the usual size
or limits
Inter- between Interactive, inter-city
Mega- Extremely, also – a Megabite, megawatt
million (with the units
of measurement)
Mid- among or in the middle Midday, mid-January
Over- above, more than, etc. Overlook, overcharge
Out- beyond, bigger than …, Outnumber, outperform
better than …
Post- after Post-election,
post-revolution
Pre- before Prehistoric, pre-war
Pro- in favour of Procommunist,
pro-democracy
Re- again, back to a former Rewrite, reconsider
state
Semi- half Semi-finals,
semi-detached
Sub- under Sub-Saharan, subtract
Super- below, less, almost Supermodel,
superconductor
Trans- across Transatlantic, translation
Under- not enough Undercook, underestimate
Up- making something Upscale, upmarket
higher, closer to the
higher / better part
228
UNIT 8
Reported (Indirect) Speech – Ускосная мова
Простая мова – гэта даслоўнае цытаванне таго, хто га-
ворыць або піша, яго выказванне, якое ў сказе заключаецца ў
двукоссе. Уступная частка сказа з простай мовай тлумачыць,
чыя гаворка перадаецца:
Tom said: «I’m going to award myself with a cup of leisurely
coffee after this hard work». – Том сказаў: «Я збіраюся
ўзнагародзіць сябе кубачкам павольнай кавы пасля гэтай
цяжкай працы».
Ускосная мова – гэта перадача тым, хто гаворыць
або піша, чужой мовы з захаваннем яе асноўнага зместу.
Сінтаксічна ўскосная мова ўяўляе сабой даданы сказ
[subordinate clause], які перадае чужую мову – апавяданне,
пытанні, просьбы / загады – у складзе складаназалежнага
сказа. Галоўны сказ [main clause] тлумачыць, чыю гаворку,
чыё выказванне перадае той, хто гаворыць:
Tom said (той, хто гаворыць, цытуе мову Тома – тое, што
сказаў Том) that he was going to award himself with a cup of
leisurely coffee after that hard work (змест мовы Тома).
Галоўны і даданы сказы злучаюцца з дапамогай розных
злучнікаў і злучальных слоў. Схема складаназалежнага сказа
выглядае наступным чынам:
(Main clause) Conj. [subordinate clause].
(She asked me) why [I hadn’t come in time].

Каб перадаць чыё-небудзь выказванне, перададзенае
сцвярджальным ці адмоўным апавядальным сказам:
 неабходна ўвесці ўскосную мову, выкарыстоўваючы ў
галоўным сказе адзін з наступных дзеясловаў:
 say (says, said), answer(-s, -ed), add(-s, -ed), report(-s, -ed),
stress(-es, -ed), write (writes, wrote) that / why / where ...

 tell (tells, told) smb, inform(-s,-ed) smb that / why / where ...
 let (lets, let) smb know that / why / where ...
 explain(-s, -ed) to smb, wrote to smb that / why / where ...
229
 калі ў галоўным сказе выкарыстоўваецца дзеяслоў, які
ўводзіць ускосную мову, у цяперашнім часе – Present Simple,
то ў даданым сказе часы, выкарыстаныя ў простай мове,
застаюцца б е з з м е н ы в а ў с к о с н а й м о в е, напрыклад:
Mary always says: “I do my homework every day, but
yesterday was an exception. I didn’t have any free time at all».
Mary always says that she does her homework every day, but
yesterday was an exception. She did not have any free time at all.
My friend immediately says to me: «I am going to the cinema
with you tomorrow».
My friend immediately tells me (that) he is going to the
cinema with me tomorrow.
 неабходна звярнуць увагу на асабістыя і прыналежныя
займеннікі і замяніць іх па сэнсе:
I (do) my (homework) – she (does) her (homework), I (didn’t
have) – She (didn’t have), I (am going) – he (is going), (with)
you – (with) me.
 неабходна звярнуць увагу на дапасаванне дзейніка з
выказнікам ва ўскоснай мове, што патрабуе змены формаў
дзеясловаў:
I do – she does, I am going – he is going.
 калі ў галоўным сказе ўжываецца дзеяслоў, які ўводзіць
ускосную мову, у мінулым часе – Past Simple, то ў даданым
сказе, г.зн. ва ўскоснай мове, неабходна ажыццявіць з р у х
часоў у мінулае ў адпаведнасці з правілам дапасавання часоў
Sequence of Tenses:
Час у сказе
Час у сказе з ускоснай мовай
з простай мовай
Present Simple Past Simple
Present Continuous Past Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Past Simple Past Perfect
Past Continuous Past Perfect Continuous
Past Perfect Past Perfect
Future Simple (will V) Future Simple-in-the-Past (would V)
can, could
may, might
must / had to had to
230
 неабходна змяніць прыслоўі часу і месца, а таксама ўка-
зальныя займеннікі:
Прыслоўе / указальны Прыслоўе / указальны
займеннік у сказе з простай займеннік у сказе з ускоснай
мовай мовай
today / tonight that day / that night
now then, at that moment
this (morning) that (morning)
tomorrow the next day
yesterday / (three days) ago the day before / (three days)
last (week) before
next (week) the (week) before
here the following (week)
this / these there
that / those
I regularly repair my garage. – He said (that) he regularly
repaired his garage.
I am repairing my garage now. – He said (that) he was
repairing his garage.
I have already repaired my garage. – He said (that) he had
already repaired his garage.
I repaired my garage yesterday. – He said (that) he had
repaired his garage the day before.
I have to do this job. – He said (that) he had to do that job.
I won’t have time to do the work tomorrow. – He said (that)
he wouldn’t have time to do the work the next day.
Н е з а ў с ё д ы трэба змяняць час дзеяслова, калі ён ужы-
ваецца ва ўскоснай мове:
 калі паведамляецца пра якую-небудзь сітуацыю і мяр-
куецца, што яна ўсё яшчэ існуе, напрыклад:
Mark said: “Rome is more beautiful than Paris”. – Mark said
that Rome is more beautiful than Paris. (Ён усё яшчэ так думае.)
Diana said: “I want to be a movie star”. – Diana said that
she wants to be a movie star. (Яна да гэтага часу хоча стаць
кіназоркай.)
Diana said that she wanted to be a movie star.
Змяненне дзеяслова на прошлы час будзе таксама
п р а в і л ь н ы м. Але ўжываць прошлы час неабходна, калі
да моманту размовы сітуацыя змянілася.
231
Каб задаць ускоснае пытанне, неабходна:
 вызначыць:
 у якім часе стаіць пытанне ў простай мове;
 які гэта тып пытання – агульны, альтэрнатыўны або
спецыяльны;
 увесці ўскоснае пытанне, выкарыстоўваючы ў галоўным
сказе адзін з наступных дзеясловаў:
 ask(-s, -ed), wonder(-s, -ed)
 want(-s, -ed) to know / to learn / to hear / find out
 am (is, are) / was (were) interested to know / to learn / to
hear / find out

 паставіць злучнік:
 if, whether – для агульных і альтэрнатыўных пытанняў;
 што, хто, калі, чаму, дзе, how, і г.д. – для спецыяльных
пытанняў.
 змяніць парадак слоў у прамым пытанні, каб пера-
тварыць яго ў апавядальны сказ, адначасова правільна
дапасуючы дзейнік і выказнік (калі дзеяслоў у галоўным
сказе стаіць у Present Simple) або змяняючы яго час у
адпаведнасці з правілам дапасавання часоў (калі дзеяслоў
у галоўным сказе стаіць у Past Simple). Напрыклад:
“Do you love me?” the girl просіць her boyfriend. (Гэта
агульнае пытанне ў Present Simple.)
The girl просіць her boyfriend / The girl wants to know.
(Выбіраем дзеяслоў і яго час у галоўным сказе – Present
Simple):
(The girl wants to know) if (Выбіраецца злучнік if /
whether для агульнага пытання.)
(The girl wants to know) if [her boyfriend loves her].
(Пытанне Do you love me? замяняецца апавядальным сказам.)
(The girl asked her boyfriend) whether [he loved her]. (Тут
дзеяслоў галоўнага сказа стаіць у Past Simple.)
He asked her: “What is your favourite colour?” – He asked
her what her favourite colour was.
Каманда або просьба ва ўскоснай мове перадаецца інфі-
нітывам з часціцай to: tell / ask / order somebody (not) to do
something:
The teacher says / said: “Don’t miss your classes!” – The
teacher tells / told her students not to miss their classes.
232
The definite article with the names of newspapers
and magazines – Азначальны артыкль
з назвамі газет і часопісаў
Немагчыма вызначыць адно канкрэтнае правіла ўжы-
вання азначальнага артыкля з назвамі газет і часопісаў на
англійскай мове. Назвы выбіраюцца і прысвойваюцца газетам
кампаніямі і арганізацыямі-заснавальнікамі.
Адзіная выснова, якую можна зрабіць, гледзячы на спісы
газет, заключаецца ў тым, што ў большасці назваў газет
артыкль адсутнічае.
Лепшыя штодзённыя газеты Вялікабрытаніі па сярэдняму
тыражу ў буднія дні (2020 г.): Metro, The Sun, Daily Mail,
Evening Standard, Daily Mirror, The Times1, The Daily
Telegraph, Daily Express, Daily Star, i, Financial Times, The
Guardian, Daily Record, City A. M.
Лепшыя нядзельныя газеты Вялікабрытаніі па сярэдняму
тыражу ў буднія дні (2020 г.): The Sun on Sunday, The Mail on
Sunday, The Sunday Times, Sunday Mirror, Sunday Express,
Daily Star Sunday, The Observer, The Sunday People, Sunday
Mail, Sunday Post.
10 вядучых газет ЗША па сярэдняму тыражу ў буднія дні
(2019 г.): USA Today, The Wall Street Journal, The New York
Times, New York Post, Los Angeles Times, The Washington
Post, Star Tribune, Newsday, Chicago Tribune, The Boston
Globe.
Лепш за ўсё запомніць назвы вядучых газет, якія ўжы-
ваюцца з а з н а ч а л ь н ы м а р т ы к л е м, паколькі большасць
іншых назваў газет ужываецца без артыкля.
Носьбіты мовы дабаўляюць азначальны артыкль перад
назвамі газет, нават калі ў афіцыйнай назве яго няма.
Напрыклад:
The Daily Mail is a British daily middle-market newspaper
published in London in a tabloid format. (Wikipedia)
Артыкль the тут не з’яўляецца часткай афіцыйнай назвы
газеты. Ён ужываецца:
 з-за агульнага імя «mail» у назве газеты;
1 The Times, The Daily Telegraph and the Guardian are called the
‘big three’ quality newspapers in the UK.
233
 таму што маецца на ўвазе, хоць і не называецца прама,
папулярная газета «Daily Mail», вядомая многім, – the
popular Daily Mail newspaper. Таксама можна растлумачыць
ужыванне азначальнага артыкля ў іншых прыкладах:
The Financial Times was founded in 1888 by James Sheridan
and his brother ... (Britannica)
“In 1982 the company1 began publishing , USA Today, the
United States’ first national, general-interest newspaper. In
subsequent years the company purchased newspapers in larger
cities, including the Des Moines Register (1985), the Detroit
News (1986, sold in 2005) ...” (Britannica)
Неабходна звярнуць увагу і на тое, што назвы газет
вылучаюцца курсівам, нават калі астатні тэкст прамы.
Назвы часопісаў ужываюцца б е з а р т ы к л я за рэдкімі
выключэннямі. Іх трэба запомніць.
Брытанскія часопісы: BBC Top Gear Magazine – a magazine
about automobiles; Bella, Chat, Pick Me Up! – magazines for
women; Hello!, new!, OK! – magazines about celebrity news;
Empire – a film magazine; Inside Soap – a weekly magazine
about soap operas; Homes & Gardens, Ideal Home; Radio Times;
Vogue – a fashion magazine; what’s on TV; Woman & Home;
Shout, Teen Breathe – magazines for teenagers.
Але: The Economist – a weekly newspaper published in a
magazine format; The Official Jacqueline Wilson – a magazine
book for lovers from 6 to 12; The People’s Friend – a weekly story
magazine; The Week – a weekly news magazine.
Часопісы ЗША: Car and Driver – about automobiles;
Aviation Week & Space Technology (AW&ST); Money,
Kiplinger’s Personal Finance, Bloomberg Businessweek,
Consumer Reports, Consumers Digest, Entrepreneur, Fortune,
Forbes, Harvard Business Review – magazines about money and
business; Bon Appétit, Food Network Magazine – about food and
cooking; men’s Health (MH), men’s Journal – magazines for
men; Cosmopolitan, Glamour, Self, woman’s Day – magazines for
women; Highlights for Children, American Girls, Scout Life, Jack
and Jill, Lego Magazine, National Geographic Kids Magazine,
1 Gannet Co.
234
Sesame Street Magazine, Stone Soup, Zoobooks – magazines
for children.
Але: O, The Oprah Magazine (O) – a magazine for women;
The Comics Journal (TCJ), The Holiday Reporter (THR) –
entertainment magazines.
Што тычыцца замежных газет і часопісаў, іх назвы
ўжываюцца так, як у мове іх паходжання, напрыклад Pravda
(расійская газета), der Spiegel (нямецкая газета, дзе der –
азначальны артыкль).
UNIT 9
Plural of nouns – Множны лік назоўнікаў
Назоўнікі, якія можна палічыць, у англійскай мове маюць
д в а л і к і – адзіночны і множны.
Множны лік утвараецца з дапамогай суфікса -s: sugges-
tion – suggestions (прапанова – прапановы), umbrella – umbrel-
las (парасон – парасоны).
1. Да некаторых слоў, якія заканчваюцца на -o, -ch, -s, -ss,
-sh, -x, дабаўляецца -es: box – boxes (скрынка – скрынкі), bush –
bushes (куст – кусты). Аднак замежныя словы і абрэвіятуры,
якія заканчваюцца на -o, утвараюць множны лік з дапамогай
дабаўлення -s: piano – pianos, kilo – kilos.
2. Калі назоўнікі заканчваюцца на -f, -fe, у множным ліку
f змяняецца на v і дабаўляецца es: leaf – leaves (ліст – лісце),
knife – knives (нож – нажы), thief – thieves (злодзей – злодзеі),
wife – wives (жонка – жонкі).
Да назоўнікаў, якія заканчваюцца на -oof, -ief, -ff, -rf,
у множным ліку часцей за ўсё дабаўляецца -s: roof – roofs
(дах – дахі), chief – chiefs (кіраўнік – кіраўнікі), cliff – cliffs
(уцёс – уцёсы), scarf – scarfs (шалік – шалікі).
3. Калі назоўнікі заканчваюцца на -y з зычным перад
ім, то ў множным ліку -y мяняецца на i і дабаўляецца -es:
country – countries (краіна – краіны).
4. У састаўных назоўніках галоўны элемент звычайна
атрымлівае канчатак -s: sister-in-law – sisters-in-law –
(нявестка – нявесткі). Калі ні адзін з элементаў не з’яўляецца
назоўнікам, канчатак дабаўляецца да апошняга слова:
merry-go-round – merry-go-rounds (карусель – каруселі).
235
Асобыя формы множнага ліку
1. Назоўнікі foot – feet (ступня – ступні); goose – geese
(гусь – гусі); louse – lice (вош – вошы); mouse – mice (мыш –
мышы); man – men (мужчына – мужчыны); woman – women
(жанчына – жанчыны); person – people (чалавек – людзі) (але:
people – народ, нацыя; peoples – народы, нацыі); child – chil-
dren (дзіця – дзеці); tooth – зубы (зуб – зубы); ox – oxen (бык –
быкі).
2. Назоўнікі, запазычаныя з грэчаскай і лацінскай моў,
захоўваюць форму множнага ліку, якую яны мелі ў гэтых
мовах, і падлягаюць запамінанню: medium – media (сродак –
сродкі), crisis – crises (крызіс – крызісы), datum – data
(элемент дадзеных – дадзеныя), phenomenon – phenomena
(феномен – феномены), etc.
3. Калі першая частка састаўнога назоўніка змяшчае
словы man, woman, то абедзве часткі ставяцца ў множны лік:
Man driver – men drivers (кіроўца – кіроўцы).
Назоўнікі, якія можна палічыць, і назоўнікі, якія нельга
палічыць
1. Назоўнікі, якія можна палічыць: six jobs (шэсць работ),
many suggestions (шмат прапаноў). Назоўнікі, якія нельга
палічыць, не ўтвараюць множнага ліку. Як і ў беларускай
мове, словы музыка, кроў, вада, золата (music, blood, wa-
ter, gold) не ўжываюцца ў множным ліку. Хаця гэтак жа,
як і ў беларускай мове, у залежнасці ад кантэксту магчымы
варыянты: воды Атлантыкі – waters of Atlantic, змешванне
крыві – bloods mixing.
2. Некаторыя назоўнікі могуць быць і назоўнікамі, якія
можна палічыць, і назоўнікамі, якія нельга палічыць. Гэты
факт вызначаецца з кантэксту:
I bought some paper. – Я купіў газету. (Газета – назоўнік,
які можна палічыць.)
I bought some paper. – Я купіў паперу. (Папера – назоўнік,
які нельга палічыць. Яе магчыма палічыць толькі ў аркушах,
рулонах і г.д.)
3. Наступныя назоўнікі маюць аднолькавую форму
адзіночнага і множнага ліку: fish (рыба – рыбы (але: fishes –
236
віды рыб)), deer (алень – алені), sheep (авечка – авечкі),
fruit (садавіна, фрукт – садавіна, фрукты (але: fruits – віды
садавіны)) і інш.
4. Ёсць таксама назоўнікі, якія ўжываюцца толькі ў
множным ліку: clothes (адзенне), police (паліцыя), cattle
(скаціна), pyjamas (піжама), trousers (штаны), glasses,
spectacles (акуляры), scissors (нажніцы), goods (тавары (часта
перакладаецца на беларускую мову ў адзіночным ліку –
тавар)), holidays (канікулы (ёсць і адзіночны лік – holiday,
але гэта ўжо свята)), customs (мытня), jeans (джынсы), tights
(калготкі), shorts (шорты) і інш. (амаль як у беларускай мове).
5. Ёсць назоўнікі, якія ўжываюцца толькі ў адзіночным
ліку: advice (парада), furniture (мэбля), information
(інфармацыя), trouble (праблема). Аднак некаторыя з іх
у беларускай мове бываюць толькі ў множным ліку: hair
(валасы).
6. Ёсць яшчэ некалькі слоў, якія, нягледзячы на канчатко-
вую -s, ужываюцца ў адзіночным ліку: physics, mathematics,
optics, phonetics, politics і ім падобныя.
News (навіны) лічыцца назоўнікам множнага ліку (plural),
але ў сказе ўжываецца як адзіночны (singular). На беларускую
мову перакладаецца па сэнсе ў множным або адзіночным ліку:
This was news to me. – Гэта было навіной для мяне.
Існуюць яшчэ некалькі падобных слоў, у якіх адзіночны
лік нічым не адрозніваецца ад множнага (хоця ў залежнасці
ад кантэксту таксама магчымы варыянты): means – сро-
дак – сродкі; works – завод, фабрыка – заводы, фабрыкі;
crossroads – скрыжаванне – скрыжаванні (але часам пішацца
і crossroad); headquarters – штаб – штабы; series – серыя –
серыі; species – від, разнавіднасць – віды, разнавіднасці.
237
VOCABULARY
UNIT 5
artwork  (n.) – произведение искусства, художествен-

ное оформление / твор мастацтва, мастацкае афармленне
background  (n.) – задний план, фон / задні план,
фон
breathtaking  (n.) – поразительный, захваты-
вающий / дзіўны, захапляльны
canvas  (n.) – холст / палатно
commission () (n., v.) – заказ (художнику); зака-
зывать / заказ (мастаку); заказваць
contemporary ()() (n., adj.) – современник;
современный / сучаснік; сучасны
decorative () (adj.) – декоративный / дэкаратыўны
dome  (n.) – купол / купал
dominate  (v.) – возвышаться, занимать господ-
ствующее положение, доминировать, господствовать /
узвышацца, займаць пануючае становішча, дамінаваць,
панаваць
enormous  (adj.) – огромный / велізарны
heritage  (n.) – наследие / спадчына
glory  (n.) – великолепие, слава / веліч, слава
grand  (adj.) – величественный, важный, грандиозный,
большой / велічны, важны, грандыёзны, вялікі
iconic  (adj.) – культовый / культавы
listed building  (n. phr.) – здание, охраняемое
государством / будынак, які ахоўваецца дзяржавай
magnificent  (adj.) – великолепный / цудоўны
majestic  (adj.) – величественный, величавый /
вялікасны, велічны
pay homage  (v. phr.) – отдавать дань уважения,
воздавать должное / аддаваць даніну павагі, аддаваць
належнае
recognisable  (adj.) – узнаваемый / пазнавальны
recognise  (v.) – узнавать / пазнаваць
stained glass  (n. phr., adj.) – витражное стекло;
витражный / вітражнае шкло; вітражны
238
still life  (n.) – натюрморт / нацюрморт
tomb  (n.) – могила / магіла
vibrant  (adj.) – яркий, полный жизни / яркі, поўны
жыцця
UNIT 6
AI  – искусственный интеллект / штучны інтэлект

apply  (v.) – обращаться с просьбой, заявлением /
звяртацца з просьбай, заявай
available  (adj.) – доступный / даступны
branch  (n.) – отрасль, ветвь / галіна
colleague  (n.) – коллега / калега
contribute  (v.) – вносить вклад / уносіць уклад
contribution  (n.) – вклад (в науку и т.п.) / уклад
(у навуку і г.д.)
curiosity  (n.) – любознательность; любопытство /
дапытлівасць; цікаўнасць
cybernetic  (adj.) – кибернетический / кіберне-
тычны
cyborg  (n.) – киборг / кібарг
deadline  (n.) – крайний срок (для выполнения за-
дания, осуществления проекта) / апошні тэрмін (для вы-
канання задання, ажыццяўлення праекта)
detect  (v.) – замечать, открывать (= find); раскрывать,
расследовать преступление / заўважаць, адкрываць
(= find); раскрываць, расследаваць злачынства
discipline  (n.) – дисциплина (отрасль знания);
дисциплинированность; дисциплина, порядок / дысцып-
ліна (галіна ведаў); дысцыплінаванасць; дысцыпліна,
парадак
donate  (v.) – дарить / дарыць
efficient  (adj.) – деловитый, исполнительный / дзе-
лавіты, выканаўчы
experiment  (n.) – эксперимент / эксперымент
facilitate  (v.) – облегчать / палягчаць
fame  (n.) – слава / слава
fellow  (n.) – человек, находящийся в равных с Вами
условиях, в одной ситуации; партнер (fellow worker, fellow
239
student, fellow countryman) / чалавек, які знаходзіцца ў
роўных з Вамі ўмовах, у адной сітуацыі; партнёр (fellow
worker, fellow student, fellow countryman)
field  (n.) – область, сфера, поле деятельности / вобласць,
сфера, поле дзейнасці
fortune  (n.) – удача, счастье, фортуна; большое на-
следство / поспех, шчасце, фартуна; вялікая спадчына
function (v.) – функционировать / функцыянаваць
generate  (v.) – генерировать, производить / гене-
рыраваць, вырабляць
invisible () (adj.) – невидимый / нябачны
lead  (n.) – свинец / свінец
level () (n.) – уровень / узровень
matter  (n.) – вещество; материя; сущность, содер-
жание; дело, вопрос / рэчыва; матэрыя; сутнасць, змест;
справа, пытанне
misconception () (n.) – неправильное представ-
ление / няправільнае прадстаўленне
object  (n.) – объект / аб’ект
observation  (n.) – наблюдение / назіранне
obvious  (adj.) – очевидный / відавочны
patent (v.)  – запатентовать / запатэнтаваць
perspective  (n.) – точка зрения, перспектива /
пункт гледжання, перспектыва
pioneering  (adj.) – первопроходческий / перша-
праходны
plagiarism () (n.) – плагиат / плагіят
prospect  (n.) – вид, панорама; вид на будущее,
перспектива / краявід, панарама; план на будучыню,
перспектыва
publicity  (n.) – реклама / рэклама
ray  (n.) – луч / прамень
related  (adj.) – связанный / звязаны
research  (n.) – изучение, исследование, изыс-
кание / вывучэнне, даследаванне, пошук
scientific paper   (n.) – научная работа /
навуковая праца
sense  (n., v. ) – чувство, ощущение; ощущать, чувст-
вовать; воспринимать органами чувств / пачуццё, адчу-
ванне; адчуваць, пачуваць; успрымаць органамі пачуццяў
240
think outside the box (v., phr.) – мыслить нестандартно /
мысліць нестандартна
variety  (n.) – разнообразие / разнастайнасць
visible () (adj.) – видимый / бачны
X-ray  (n.) – рентген, рентгеновский (снимок) / рэнт-
ген, рэнтгенаўскі (здымак)
UNIT 7
advanced  (adj.) – продвинутый, передовой / пра-

сунуты, перадавы
ancestor  (n.) – предок / продак
co-author  (n.) – соавтор / суаўтар
conventional () (adj.) – обычный, обыкновенный,
традиционный / звычайны, традыцыйны
descendant  (n.) – потомок / нашчадак
dishonest  (adj.) – нечестный / несумленны
dubious  (adj.) – вызывающий сомнения, опасе-
ния, сомнительный; неопределенный, неясный; неодно-
значный / які выклікае сумненні, асцярогі, сумніўны;
нявызначаны, няясны; неадназначны
embody  (v.) – воплощать собой; изображать, олице-
творять (in); заключать в себе (какую-л. идею) / увасаб-
ляць сабой; адлюстроўваць, ўвасабляць (in); заключаць у
сабе (якую-н. ідэю)
endure  (v.) – выносить, вынести, вытерпеть / выносіць,
вынесці, вытрываць
entrepreneur  (n.) – бизнесмен, делец, предпри-
ниматель / бізнесмен, дзялок, прадпрымальнік
evil genius  (n. phr.) – злой гений / злы геній
exceptional () (adj.) – исключительный / выключны
fad  (n.) – прихоть, причуда; фантазия; конек; преходящее
увлечение чем-л. / капрыз, дзівацтва; фантазія; канёк;
часовае захапленне чым-н.
genius  (n.) – гений, гениальный человек; одарен-
ность; гениальность; талант, склонность / геній, геніяльны
чалавек; адоранасць; геніяльнасць; талент, схільнасць
hardship  (n.) – испытание, невзгоды (hardships) /
выпрабаванне, нягоды (hardships)
241
have a genius (for)  (v. phr.) – иметь талант, склонность
к чему-л. / мець талент, схільнасць да чаго-н.
have an impact (on)  (v.phr.) – иметь влияние (на) /
мець уплыў (на)
immoral  (adj.) – аморальный / амаральны
immortal  (adj.) – бессмертный / бессмяротны
impossible  (adj.) – невозможный / немагчымы
inattentive  (adj.) – невнимательный / няўважлівы
interplanetary () (adj.) – межпланетный / між-
планетны
legacy  (n.) – наследство, наследие / спадчына
masterful  (adj.) – мастерский, искусный / май-
стэрскі, адмысловы
mentor  (n.) – воспитатель, ментор, наставник, руко-
водитель / выхавальнік, ментар, настаўнік, кіраўнік
mischievous  (adj.) – озорной; непослушный;
вредный / гарэзны; непаслухмяны; шкодны
notable () (adj.) – примечательный, достопримеча-
тельный, замечательный (чем-л.); выдающийся, извест-
ный; заметный; видный, значительный / характэрны,
славуты, выдатны (чым-н.); выдатны, вядомы; прыкмет-
ны; бачны, значны
nurture  (n.) – воспитание; образование, обучение, тре-
нировка; выращивание; заботы по воспитанию (кого-л.);
питание; пища / выхаванне; адукацыя, навучанне, трэ-
ніроўка; вырошчванне; клопаты па выхаванню (каго-н.);
харчаванне; ежа
outstanding  (adj.) – выдающийся / выбітны
persistence  (n.) – настойчивость, стойкость,
упорство, непоколебимость / настойлівасць, стойкасць,
упартасць, непахіснасць
phenomenal  (adj.) – феноменальный / фенаме-
нальны
poor (student)  (adj.) – плохой / дрэнны
postmodern  (adj.) – постмодернистский / пост-
мадэрнісцкі
procrastinate  (v.) – медлить / марудзіць
prominent  (adj.) – выступающий; выдающийся,
известный / які выступае; выбітны, вядомы
242
quest  (n.) – поиски, поиск / пошукі, пошук
question () (v.) – подвергать сомнению / падвяргаць
сумненню
renowned  (adj.) – знаменитый, известный, прослав-
ленный / славуты, вядомы, праслаўлены
reprint  (v.) – перепечатать, напечатать заново / пера-
друкаваць, надрукаваць нанова
show a sign of genius  (v.phr.) – демон-
стрировать признаки гениальности, одаренность / дэман-
страваць прыкметы геніяльнасці, адоранасць
society  (n.) – общество / грамадства
solid  (adj.) – основательный, надежный; солидный,
серьезный, веский / грунтоўны, надзейны; самавіты,
сур’ёзны, важкі
unbelievable () (adj.) – невероятный / неверагодны
unique  (adj.) – уникальный / унікальны
unsociable () (adj.) – необщительный / нетаварыскі
upbringing  (n.) – воспитание / выхаванне
UNIT 8
advertisement  (n.) – рекламное объявление /

рэкламная аб’ява
announcement  (n.) – объявление / аб’ява
article () (n.) – статья / артыкул
bring somebody up to date (v. phr.) – проинформировать кого-л.
по поводу последних событий / праінфармаваць каго-н.
з нагоды апошніх падзей
broadsheet  (n.) – газета большого формата / газета
вялікага фармату
broadcast  (n., v.) – передача, трансляция; пере-
давать, транслировать / перадача, трансляцыя; пера-
даваць, трансліраваць
check  (v.) – проверять, сверять / правяраць, звяраць
compact  (adj.) – компактный, зани-
мающий мало места / кампактны, які займае мала месца
crime  (n.) – преступность, преступление / злачыннасць,
злачынства
243
daily  (adj., adv.) – ежедневный; ежедневно / штодзённы;
штодня
editorial  (n.) – передовая, редакционная статья /
перадавы, рэдакцыйны артыкул
financial () (adj.) – финансовый / фінансавы
focus  (on) (v.) – сфокусироваться, сосредоточиться на /
сфакусіравацца, засяродзіцца на
feature  (n.) – передовая статья / перадавы артыкул
find out  (v. phr.) – выяснить, понять, раскрыть
(что-л.) / высветліць, зразумець, раскрыць (што-н.)
go through  something (v. phr.) – внимательно про-
смотреть, изучить что-л./ уважліва прагледзець, выву-
чыць што-н.
go on (doing smth) (v. phr.) – продолжать (делать что-л.);
происходить / працягваць (рабіць што-н.); адбывацца
give up (v. phr.) – оставить, отказаться; бросить (что-л.);
сдаться / пакінуць, адмовіцца; кінуць (што-н.); здацца
headline  (n.) – заголовок / загаловак
hook  (n.) – приманка, крючок / прынада, кручок
journalistic  (adj.) – журналистский / журна-
лісцкі
keep  up (with) (v. phr.) – поддерживать, поспевать (за) /
падтрымліваць, паспяваць (за)
keep somebody up to date on (v. phr.) – держать кого-л. в курсе
событий / трымаць каго-н. у курсе падзей
live  (adj.) – живой (эфир, звук) / жывы (эфір, гук)
look through  (v. phr.) – просматривать / праглядаць
news  (n.) – новости / навіны
op-ed  (adj.) (Am. E.) – статья, выражающая официаль-
ное мнение газеты / артыкул, які перадае афіцыйнае мер-
каванне газеты
pick  up (v. phr.) – поднимать, подбирать; забирать кого-л.,
заезжать за кем-л. / паднімаць, падбіраць; забіраць
каго-н., заязджаць за кім-н.
put  off (v. phr.) – откладывать / адкладаць
scan (through)  (v.) – бегло просматривать что-л. / бегла
праглядаць што-н.
244
sensationalist () (adj.) – сенсационный, рас-
считанный на сенсацию / сенсацыйны, які разлічаны на
сенсацыю
supplementary () (adj.) – дополнительный /
дадатковы
supplement  (n.) – приложение / дадатак
subscribe  (to) (v.) – подписаться (на) / падпісацца (на)
subscriber  (n.) – подписчик / падпісчык
subscription () (n.) – подписка, абонемент /
падпіска, абанемент
stablemate () (n.) – товарищ, однокашник /
таварыш, аднакашнік
tabloid  (n.) – таблоид (малоформатная газета со
сжатым текстом, обычно бульварного содержания) /
таблоід (малафарматная газета са сціснутым тэкстам,
звычайна бульварнага зместу)
tend to do something  (v.) – иметь тенденцию делать
что-л. / мець тэндэнцыю рабіць што-н.
there and then (id.) – немедленно, на этом месте / неадкладна,
на гэтым месцы
turn  to smth (smb) (v.) – обратиться к чему-л. (кому-л.) /
звярнуцца да чаго-н. (каго-н.)
weekly  (n., adv.) – еженедельник, еженедельное пе-
риодическое издание; еженедельно / штотыднёвік, што-
тыднёвае перыядычнае выданне; штотыдзень
UNIT 9
command  (of English) (n.) – владение (английским

языком) / валоданне (англійскай мовай)
curriculum  (n.) – учебная программа / вучэбная
праграма
eager  (adj.) – страстно желающий / які горача жадае
grant  (n.) – денежное вознаграждение / грашовае
ўзнагароджанне
sufficient () (adj.) – достаточный / дастатковы
vocational () (adj.) – профессиональный / пра-
фесійны
245
IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive Transcription V2 Transcription V3 Transcription Перевод Пераклад
be  was,  been  быть быць
were 
beat  beat  beaten () бить біць
become  became  become  стать, стаць,
сделаться зрабіцца
begin  began  begun  начать пачаць
bend  bent  bent  гнуть гнуць
bite  bit  bitten () кусать кусаць
blow  blew  blown  дуть дзьмуць
break  broke  broken  ломать ламаць
breed  bred  bred  выращивать, вырошчваць,
разводить разводзіць
bring  brought  brought  принести прынесці
build  built  built  строить будаваць
burn  burnt,  burnt,  жечь, гореть паліць,
burned  burned  гарэць
burst  burst  burst  разразиться, выбухнуць,
взорваться узарвацца
buy  bought  bought  купить купіць
catch  caught  caught  ловить, лавіць,
поймать злавіць
choose  chose  chosen () выбрать выбраць
come  came  come  прийти прыйсці
cost  cost  cost  стоить каштаваць
creep  crept  crept  ползти паўзці
cut  cut  cut  резать рэзаць
deal  dealt  dealt  иметь дело мець справу
dig  dug  dug  копать капаць

do  did  done  делать рабіць
draw  drew  drawn  тащить, цягнуць,
рисовать маляваць
dream  dreamt,  dreamt,  грезить, мроіць,
dreamed  dreamed  мечтать марыць
drink  drank  drunk  пить, выпить піць, выпіць
drive  drove  driven () гнать, ехать гнаць, ехаць
eat  ate  eaten  кушать, есть есці
fall  fell  fallen  падать падаць
feed  fed  fed  кормить карміць
feel  felt  felt  чувствовать адчуваць
fight  fought  fought  сражаться, змагацца,
драться біцца
find  found  found  находить знаходзіць
flee  fled  fled  бежать, бегчы,
спасаться ратавацца
fly  flew  flown  летать лётаць
forbid  forbad,  forbidden () запретить забараніць
forbade 
forget  forgot  forgotten  забыть забыцца
forgive  forgave  forgiven  простить дараваць
freeze  froze  frozen () замерзнуть, змерзнуць,
замораживать замарожваць
get  got  got  получить атрымаць
give  gave  given () дать даць
go  went  gone  идти, уходить ісці, сыходзіць
grow  grew  grown  расти расці
hang  hung,  hung,  висеть, вісець,
hanged  hanged  повесить павесіць

have  had  had  иметь мець
hear  heard  heard  слушать слухаць
hide  hid  hidden () прятать (ся) хаваць (цца)
hit  hit  hit  ударить, ударыць,
попасть папасці
hold  held  held  держать трымаць
hurt  hurt  hurt  причинить боль прычыніць
боль
keep  kept  kept  хранить захоўваць
know  knew  known  знать ведаць
lay  laid  laid  класть, класці,
положить пакласці
lead  led  led  вести весці
learn  learnt,  learnt,  учить вучыць
learned  learned 
leave  left  left  оставить пакінуць
lend  lent  lent  одолжить пазычыць
let  let  let  пустить, дать пусціць,
даць
lie  lay  lain  лежать ляжаць
light  lit,  lit,  осветить асвятліць
lighted  lighted 
lose  lost  lost  терять губляць
make  made  made  делать рабіць
mean  meant  meant  подразумевать разумець
meet  met  met  встретить сустрэць
mistake  mistook  mistaken  неправильно няправільна
понимать разумець
mis  mis  mis  неправильно няправільна
understand understood understood понимать разумець
pay  paid  paid  платить плаціць
put  put  put  класть класці
read  read  read  читать чытаць
ride  rode  ridden () ездить верхом ездзіць
верхам
ring  rang  rung  звонить званіць
rise  rose  risen  подняться падняцца
run  ran  run  бежать, течь бегчы, цячы
say  said  said  говорить, гаварыць,
сказать сказаць
see  saw  seen  видеть бачыць
seek  sought  sought  искать шукаць
sell  sold  sold  продавать прадаваць
send  sent  sent  послать паслаць
set  set  set  устанавливать устанаўліваць
sew  sewed  sewed,  шить шыць
sewn 
shake  shook  shaken  трясти трэсці
shine  shone,  shone,  светить, сиять свяціць,
shined  shined  ззяць
shoot  shot  shot  стрелять, страляць,
давать побеги даваць
парасткі
show  showed  shown,  показывать паказваць
showed d
sing  sang  sung  петь спяваць
sink  sank  sunk  тонуть тануць
sit  sat  sat  сидеть сядзець
sleep  slept  slept  спать спаць

smell  smelt,  smelt,  пахнуть, пахнуць,
smelled  smelled  нюхать нюхаць
speak  spoke  spoken  говорить гаварыць
spend  spent  spent  тратить, марнаваць,
проводить праводзіць
spread  spread  spread  распростра- распаў-
няться сюджвацца
stand  stood  stood  стоять стаяць
steal  stole  stolen  украсть украсці
stick  stuck  stuck  уколоть, укалоць,
приклеить прыклеіць
strike  struck  struck  ударить, бить, ударыць, біць,
бастовать страйкаваць
strive  strove  striven  стараться старацца
sweep  swept  swept  мести, месці,
промчаться прамчацца
swim  swam  swum  плыть плыць
take  took  taken  взять, брать узяць, браць
teach  taught  taught  учить вучыць
tear  tore  torn  рвать ірваць
tell  told  told  рассказывать, расказваць,
сказать сказаць
think  thought  thought  думать думаць
throw  threw  thrown  бросить кінуць
understand ndstnd understood  understood  понимать разумець
wake  woke,  woken,  просыпаться, прачынацца,
waked  waked  будить будзіць
wear  wore  worn  носить насіць
(одежду) (адзежу)
win  won  won  выиграть выйграць
write  wrote  written () писать пісаць

_______________________________________________________
(Название учреждения образования)
Оценка
Состояние
Имя учащемуся за
Учебный учебного
и фамилия пользование
год пособия при
учащегося учебным
получении
пособием
20 /
20 /
20 /
20 /
Учебное пособие издано за счет средств государственного бюджета

для фондов библиотек по заказу Министерства образования
Республики Беларусь.
Учебное издание
Демченко Наталья Валентиновна

Юхнель Наталья Валентиновна
Севрюкова Татьяна Юрьевна и др.
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
АНГЛІЙСКАЯ МОВА
Учебное пособие для 10 класса учреждений общего среднего образования
с белорусским и русским языками обучения (повышенный уровень)
С электронным приложением
В 2 частях
Часть 2
Редактор Ю.И. Варакса. Художник Е.Э. Агунович. Художественный
редактор Е.Э. Агунович. Компьютерная верстка Ю.М. Головейко.
Корректоры В.И. Канопа, Т.К. Хваль
Подписано в печать 22.11.2021. Формат 6090/16. Бумага офсетная.
Гарнитура «SchoolBook». Печать офсетная. Усл. печ. л. 16,0 + 0,25 (форз.).
Уч.-изд. л. 12,72 + 0,28 (форз.) + 6,0 (электрон. прил.). Тираж 23631 экз. Заказ 1857.
Республиканское унитарное предприятие «Издательство “Вышэйшая школа”».
Свидетельство о государственной регистрации издателя, изготовителя,
распространителя печатных изданий № 1/3 от 08.07.2013.
Пр. Победителей, 11, 220004, Минск. e-mail: market@vshph.com http://vshph.com
Республиканское унитарное предприятие «Издательство “Белорусский Дом печати”».
Свидетельство о государственной регистрации издателя, изготовителя
и распространителя печатных изданий № 2/102 от 01.04.2014.
Пр. Независимости, 79, 220013, Минск.

Angliski Demchenko 10kl Bel Rus Ch2 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Angliski Demchenko 10kl Bel Rus Ch2 2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Angliski Demchenko 10kl Bel Rus Ch2 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Правообладатель Вышэйшая школа

А в т о р ы: Н.В. Демченко, Н.В. Юхнель, Т.Ю. Севрюкова, Э.В. Бушуева,

Р е ц е н з е н т ы: кафедра английского языка гуманитарных специаль-

Условные обозначения / Умоўныя абазначэннi

Use the Internet Write

Progress check Grammar

Listen Project time

Электронное приложение к учебному пособию размещено

ISBN 978-985-06-3369-9 © Оформление. УП «Издательство

Правообладатель Вышэйшая школа

Grammar reference (Russian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Правообладатель Вышэйшая школа

LESSON 1. What do you know

Communicative area: exploring the notion of art and

1. a. Look at the following explanations. Which of them do you think

the arts = art the arts = diﬀerent kinds of art

art = visual arts art = skill

b. Listen to an art historian and check your ideas.

Useful language box

2. a. Work in pairs. Do the trivia quiz.

1. Which of the skyscrapers won’t offer

phόtograph (n.) – photόgrapher (n.)

1  – (Am. E.)

b. Go to page 46 and check the keys. Do you know much about

c. Work in small groups. Discuss the following questions about

1. Which question was the most difficult to answer? 2. Which

3. a. Answer the questions about the words in bold in ex. 2a.

1. How are these words formed? What do they all have in

b. Choose the correct option to complete the statements about

4. a. Copy the following compounds. Listen and mark the

Cave painting, skyscraper, breathtaking, world-famous,

b. Answer the questions.

1. Where is the stress in compound nouns?

LESSON 2. Stories behind works of art

Communicative area: listening about interesting facts

1. a. Look at the pictures on page 10 and discuss the questions

1. Which of the artworks appeals to you most? Why? 2. What

Why (not)? 4. What do you think was the contemporaries’

b. Listen to three people. Which artwork from ex. 1a is each

c. Listen and follow the script in the book. What factual

2. a. Match the words in bold in ex. 1c with their deﬁnitions.

1. to order the production of something;

b. Read the stories in ex. 1c again. Discuss the questions below.

1. What background information is given about each of the

1. Michelangelo, who had been working as an artist since

4. a. Look at the underlined sentences in ex. 1c. Match

1. was / were V + ing; 3. had been V + ing;

c. Go to page 206/2221, read the information in the Grammar

d. Find more examples of the Past Perfect Continuous forms in

5. Work in small groups. Has your attitude to or opinion about the

LESSON 3. A dreamer who never woke up

Communicative area: reading and speaking about

1. a. Answer the questions.

b. Read Marc Chagall’s biography and check your ideas.

Vibrant colours: a) strong and bright colours; b) dark and

b. Read the biography again. Fill in the missing sentences. There is

a) At the age of 77 he painted the ceiling of the Paris Opera.

4. a. Listen to the descriptions of Chagall’s artworks. What

c. Which of the works of art described appeal to you most? Why?

Student 1: close the book and tell the partner what